JP6873957B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

A game machine, for example, a ball game machine, takes the opportunity of winning a prize at the starting port to draw a winning / failing lottery regarding a jackpot that is advantageous to the player, executes a symbol variation display game accompanied by a variation display operation of a special symbol, and displays an image. The game is configured to enjoy the game by executing a dramatic pattern variation display game by the player and generating various advance notice effects reflecting the result of the winning / losing lottery (for example, Patent Document 1 below).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-22220

In recent trends, in order to make this type of gaming machine moderately gambling for gaming, stricter restrictions are being imposed on ball ejection performance and the like due to law revisions and the like. For example, according to the recent amendment of Article 8 of the Enforcement Regulations of the Fuei Optimization Law, in the so-called "short-term test", the game ball to be acquired when the test-fire test of the game ball is performed for one hour for each setting. It was stipulated that the total number would exceed one-third of the total number of game balls fired and less than 2.2 times. If you comply with this revised law, the ball ejection speed can be significantly slower than before the rule revision. However, one of the charms of the gaming machine is that it is possible to obtain a large amount of balls in a short period of time, and it is difficult to completely abandon this charm.

Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of enhancing the suitability of legal requirements and preventing a decrease in the feeling of ball ejection.

The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following means.
(1) Based on the establishment of the first start condition, the first lottery means for executing a lottery for a plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the first jackpot type, and
Based on the establishment of the second start condition, a second lottery means for executing a lottery for a plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type, and a second lottery means.
When a big hit is won by the first lottery means or the second lottery means, the big hit game control means for executing and controlling the big hit game in which the round game for opening the big winning opening is repeated up to the maximum number of rounds.
With multiple production means that can perform production,
The effect control means for executing and controlling the effect by the effect means is provided.
A gaming machine capable of executing a privileged gaming state in which the second starting condition is more likely to be satisfied than the first starting condition.
The jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type includes a plurality of types of jackpots having different degrees of advantage of profits given to the player.
The jackpot game is
The start interval period set before the first round game is executed, and
The inter-round interval period provided between the round games and the inter-round interval period
Consists of including the end interval period after the end of the final round game,
For the total interval time, which is the sum of the time widths of each interval period
Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type, the total interval time for the high-advantage jackpot with a relatively high degree of advantage is defined as _Time (seconds).
Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the first jackpot type, when the total interval time related to the jackpot having the longest total interval time is B _time (seconds), the following relational expression (1) is satisfied. A featured gaming machine.
B _time <A _time ... relational expression (1)
(2) Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type, when the total interval time for the low-advantage jackpot with a relatively low advantage is C _time (seconds), the following relational expression ( The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein 2) is satisfied.
C _time <A _time ... relational expression (2)
(3) The gaming machine according to (2) above, which satisfies the following relational expression (3).
C _time <B _time <A _time ... relational expression (3)
(4) When the ratio of A _{time to B time} is the extension rate α and the ratio of A _{time to C time} is the extension rate β, the following relational expression (4) is satisfied. The gaming machine described in 3).
Extension rate α <extension rate β ・ ・ ・ relational expression (4)

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of enhancing the conformity of legal requirements and preventing a decrease in the feeling of ball ejection.

It is a front view which shows the appearance of a gaming machine. It is a figure which shows the structure of a game board and an effect button. It is a block diagram which shows the control device. It is a figure which provides the explanation of the winning type. It is explanatory drawing which provides the explanation of the screen display of the liquid crystal display device. It is a figure which shows the relationship of the winning type which concerns on the specific example 1 of 1st Embodiment, each interval time of a jackpot game period, and the advantage degree of each jackpot. It is a figure which shows the detail of the jackpot game period which concerns on the 5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 1 side. It is a figure which shows the detail of the jackpot game period which concerns on the 5R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 1 side. It is a figure which shows the detail of the jackpot game period which concerns on the 5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 2 side. It is a figure which shows the jackpot game period (at the time of normal state winning) which concerns on the 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side. It is a figure which shows the jackpot game period (at the time of time saving state winning) which concerns on the 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side. It is a figure which shows the jackpot game period (at the time of winning the probability variation state) related to the 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side. When comparing each interval time for each jackpot (5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 2 side, 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. When comparing each interval time for each jackpot (5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 2 side, 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. When comparing each interval time for each jackpot (5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 2 side, 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. When comparing each interval time for each jackpot (5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 1 side, 5R time saving A jackpot on the special symbol 2 side, 10R probability variation jackpot on the special symbol 2 side) It is a part of the list of extension rates. It is a figure which shows the result of the questionnaire survey about the production during the end interval time. It is a figure which shows each interval time of the winning type and the jackpot game period which concerns on the specific example 2 of the same embodiment. It is a figure which shows each interval time of the winning type and the jackpot game period which concerns on the specific example 3 of the same embodiment. It is a figure which shows the consecutive villa pattern by the probability variation big hit which concerns on the specific example 3 of the same embodiment. It is a figure which shows each interval time of the winning type and the jackpot game period which concerns on the specific example 4 of the same embodiment. It is a figure which shows the consecutive villa pattern by the probability variation jackpot which concerns on a specific example 4. It is a figure which shows an example of the fluctuation time at the time of winning a probable change jackpot according to a specific example 4. It is a figure which shows the model case of the total elapsed time when the fluctuation time is taken into consideration about the consecutive villa pattern by the probability variation jackpot which concerns on a specific example 4. It is a figure which shows the comparative example 1 which concerns on 1st Example of 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 1 which concerns on the 1st Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 2 which concerns on the 1st Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 3 which concerns on the 1st Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 4 which concerns on the 1st Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the comparative example 2 which concerns on the 2nd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 5 which concerns on the 2nd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 6 which concerns on the 2nd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 7 which concerns on the 2nd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 8 which concerns on the 2nd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the comparative example 3 which concerns on the 3rd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 9 which concerns on the 3rd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 10 which concerns on the 3rd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 11 which concerns on the 3rd Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the comparative example 4 which concerns on 4th Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 12 which concerns on 4th Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 13 which concerns on 4th Example of the same Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example 14 which concerns on 4th Example of the same Embodiment.

Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the embodiment described below, a pachinko gaming machine will be described as an example of the gaming machine according to the present invention.

[First Embodiment]
<1. Outline of configuration: Fig. 1 and Fig. 2>
An outline of the configuration of the pachinko gaming machine according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. 1 is a front perspective view showing the appearance of the pachinko gaming machine according to the embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a view showing the front side of the gaming board.

In the pachinko gaming machine 1 shown in FIG. 1 (hereinafter, abbreviated as “gaming machine 1”), a frame-shaped front frame 2 is attached to the front surface of a wooden outer frame 4 so as to be openable and closable, and a game attached to the back surface of the front frame 2. The game board 3 (see FIG. 2) is mounted in a board storage frame (not shown), and the game area 3a formed on the surface of the game board 3 faces the opening of the front frame 2. A glass door 6 supporting transparent glass is provided on the front side of the game area 3a. Further, on the back side of the game board 3, various control boards (see FIG. 3) for controlling the game operation are arranged.

A key cylinder (not shown) for unlocking the door is provided on the front side of the glass door 6, and if a key is inserted into this key cylinder and operated on one side, the locked state of the glass door 6 with respect to the front frame 2 can be obtained. By operating the other side, the locked state of the front frame 2 with respect to the outer frame 4 can be released and the front frame 2 can be opened to the front side.

Below the glass door 6, a front operation panel 7 that is pivotally supported by a hinge (not shown) on the front frame 2 is arranged. The front operation panel 7 is provided with an upper saucer unit 8, and the upper saucer unit 8 is formed with an upper saucer 9 for storing the discharged game balls.

Further, the upper saucer unit 8 has a ball removal button 14 for pulling out the game balls stored in the upper saucer 9 below the game machine 1, and a game ball lending device (not shown) on the island equipment side. A ball lending button 11 for requesting the payout of balls and a card return button 12 for requesting the return of the valuable medium inserted in the game ball lending device are provided.

Further, the upper tray unit 8 is composed of a push button type effect button 13, a button 75a pointing upward, a button 75b pointing to the right, a button 75c pointing downward, and a button 75d pointing to the left, up, down, left and right. A cross-shaped directional key 75 (second operating means) that can be operated in the direction is provided. The effect button 13 or the direction key 75 functions as an operation means that can be operated by the player, and a predetermined operation valid reception period (button valid period) in a specific advance notice effect (for example, a so-called "player participation type effect"). If the reception of operation input is enabled during this valid period and a predetermined operation (for example, one press, long press, repeated hits, etc.) is performed during this valid period, the effect can be changed before and after the operation. It has become like. The effect button 13 is provided with a built-in lamp (button LED 13b) inside the effect button 13, and the operation reception valid period (for example, lighting or blinking in a predetermined color) and the operation are performed depending on the difference in the light emitting mode of the button LED 13b. It is possible to notify the reception invalid period (for example, when the light is off).

Further, a launch operation handle 15 for operating the launch device 32 (see FIG. 3) is provided on the right end side of the front operation panel 7. The launching device 32 employs a device capable of launching about 100 game balls per minute.

Further, speakers 46 that exert a sound effect (sound effect) by sound are provided on both sides of the upper part of the front frame 2 and on the upper side of the firing operation handle 15. Further, in a suitable place of the gaming machine, for example, in the circumferential direction around the front frame of the glass door 6 or inside the center decorative body 48 described later, a decorative lamp 45 (LED for directing) that exerts a light effect by decorating light is provided. There are multiple.

(Game board: Fig. 2)
Next, the configuration of the game board 3 will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in the figure, a ball guide rail 5 for guiding the launched game ball is annularly mounted on the game board 3 as a board surface partition member, and a substantially circular region surrounded by the ball guide rail 5 is formed on the game board 3. The game area 3a and the four corners are non-game areas.

A liquid crystal display (LCD) 36 is provided in a substantially central portion of the game area 3a. Under the control of the effect control unit 24, which will be described later, the liquid crystal display device 36 independently has a plurality of types of decorative symbols (for example, a left symbol) in a predetermined display area (symbol variation display area), such as numbers, characters, and symbols. Various effects including the variable display operation (variable display and stop display) of the three decorative symbols (see FIG. 5) of the middle symbol and the right symbol are displayed by images.

Further, in the game area 3a, a center decorative body 48 is provided so as to surround the display surface of the liquid crystal display device 36 in a long-winding manner. The center decorative body 48 is provided along the front side of the game board 3, forms a front mounting plate 48a fixed to the game board 3 and an outer periphery of the center decorative body 48, and surrounds the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 36. The armor frame portion 48b is integrally provided to protect the display surface of the liquid crystal display device 36 from the surrounding game balls, and the flow path of the game balls is distributed to the left and right depending on the launch strength or stroke length of the game balls. It works as a flow path distribution means that enables this. In the present embodiment, a floating region through which the game ball can pass is formed between the upper surface of the center decorative body 48 and the ball guide rail 5, and the game ball driven into the upper side of the game area 3a by the launching device 32. Is distributed to the left and right on the upper side of the armor frame portion 48b, and flows down either the left flow path 3b on the left side of the center ornament 48 or the right flow path 3c on the right side.

In addition, the non-game area near the upper right edge (upper right corner) of the game board 3 is a various function display unit, and the 7-segment display (with dots) is on the upper start port 34 (for the first special symbol) and on the lower side. A special symbol display device 38a (first special symbol display device: first special symbol display means) and a special symbol display device 38b (first special symbol display device: first special symbol display means) configured side by side corresponding to the starting port 35 (for the second special symbol). A second special symbol display device: a second special symbol display means) is provided. In the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b, a "special symbol variation display game" is executed by the variation display operation (variation display and stop display) of the "special symbol" represented by the 7-segment display. In the liquid crystal display device 36 described above, the decorative symbol by the image is variablely displayed in synchronization with the variable display of the special symbol by the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b, and various notice effects (effect images) are displayed. At the same time, a'decorative pattern variable display game'is being executed. The details of the special symbol variation display game and the decorative symbol variation display game will be described later.

Further, in the various function display units, a composite display device (LED display for holding composite display) 38c composed of a 7-segment display (with dots) is arranged next to the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b. The compound is called the display of the number of balls on hold for each of the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the normal symbol, and the status notification during the fluctuation time shortening function operation (during time reduction) and during the high probability state (during high probability). This is because it is a hold / time saving / high-accuracy composite display device (hereinafter, referred to as “composite display device”) having five display functions.

Further, the various function display units are provided with a normal symbol display device 39a (normal symbol display means) in which a plurality of (two in this embodiment) LEDs are arranged next to the composite display device 38c. In the ordinary symbol display device 39a according to the present embodiment, the ordinary symbol variation display game is executed by the variation display operation of the ordinary symbol represented by the two LEDs. For example, as a variable display operation, the normal symbol on the LED repeatedly turns on and off in a seesaw manner, and stops with either side lit, so that the success or failure of the normal symbol fluctuation display game can be determined. There is.

Further, a right-handed display device 39b is provided adjacent to the normal symbol display device 39a. The right-handed display device 39b is advantageous for "right-handed" in which the game ball aims to pass through the right-hand flow path 3c by the combination of the LED lighting and extinguishing states, or the game ball is left-hand flow path 3b. Notify whether "left-handed" aiming to pass through is advantageous. For example, it is notified that when the light emitting state of the LED is in the lit state, it is advantageous to hit right, and when it is off, it is advantageous to hit left.

Further, a round number display device 39c is provided in which two LEDs (round display LEDs) are arranged adjacent to the right-handed display device 39b. The round number display device 39c notifies the specified number of rounds (maximum number of rounds) related to the jackpot by combining the lighting / extinguishing states of the plurality of LEDs.

Below the center decoration body 48, an upper starting port 34 (first special symbol starting port: first starting means) and a lower starting port 35 (second special symbol starting port: second starting means) are provided. A normal variable winning device 41 is provided above and below, and detection sensors 34a and 35a (upper start port sensor 34a, lower start port sensor 35a: see FIG. 3) are formed inside each of the devices to detect the passage of a game ball. Has been done.

The upper starting port 34, which is the first special symbol starting port, is the first special symbol in the special symbol display device 38a (first special symbol display device) (hereinafter, the first special symbol is referred to as "special symbol 1". It is a winning opening related to the starting conditions of the variable display operation (referred to as "Special Figure 1" in some cases), and is a "fixed winning rate type" that does not have a "starting opening opening / closing means" that allows the starting opening to be opened or expanded. It is configured as a "winning device". In the present embodiment, a left flow path to the upper start port 34 due to the action of a game ball falling direction changing member (for example, a game nail (not shown), a windmill 44, a center decoration body 48, etc.) in the game area 3a. The game ball that has flowed down 3b has a structure that makes it easy to enter (win), whereas the game ball that has flowed down the right flow path 3c has a structure that makes it difficult or impossible to enter.

The ordinary variable winning device 41 is configured as a "winning rate variable winning device" in which the winning rate of the game ball at the starting port can be changed by the starting port opening / closing means. In the present embodiment, a pair of left and right movable wing pieces (movable members) 47 are provided as a starting port opening / closing means, and the movable wing pieces 47 perform an opening / closing operation to open and close the lower starting port 35, which is a second special symbol starting port. Can be opened or expanded.

Further, the lower starting port 35 of the normal variable winning device 41 is referred to as a second special symbol (hereinafter, the second special symbol is referred to as "special symbol 2") in the special symbol display device 38b (second special symbol display device). , In some cases, abbreviated as "Special Figure 2"), which is a winning opening related to the starting condition of the variable display operation, and the winning area of the lower starting opening 35 depends on the operating state (operated or non-operating) of the movable wing piece 47. Then, it is converted into an open state that facilitates winning (easy winning state) and a closed state that makes it more difficult to win or makes it impossible to win than the open state (difficult to win). In the present embodiment, when the movable wing piece 47 is inactive, it holds a closed state (a winning impossible state) that makes it impossible to win a prize in the lower starting port 35.

Further, on both sides of the normal variable winning device 41, three general winning openings 43 are arranged on the left side and one on the right side, for a total of four, and inside each of them, a general winning hole for detecting the passage of a game ball is provided. A mouth sensor 43a (see FIG. 3) is formed.

Further, on the diagonally upper right side of the normal variable winning device 41, that is, on the upper side of the middle portion of the right flow path 3c, a normal symbol start port 37 (third special symbol start port: A third starting means) is provided. The normal symbol start port 37 is a winning opening related to the fluctuation display operation of the normal symbol in the normal symbol display device 39a, and inside the normal symbol start port sensor 37a (see FIG. 3), which detects a passing game ball. Is formed. In the present embodiment, the normal symbol start port 37 is formed only on the right flow path 3c side and not on the left flow path 3b side, but the present invention is not limited to this, and both flow paths may be formed. ..

In the middle of the route from the normal symbol start port 37 in the right flow path 3c to the normal variable winning device 41, the large winning opening 50 can be opened or expanded by the retractable open door 52b. A device 52 (special electric accessory) is provided, and a large winning opening sensor 52a (see FIG. 3) for detecting a game ball that has entered the large winning opening 50 is formed inside the device 52 (special electric accessory).

The circumference of the large winning opening 50 is a bulging portion (decorative member) 55 bulging from the surface of the game board 3, and the upper side 55a of the bulging portion 55 forms a downstream guide portion of the right flow path 3c. There is. If the large winning opening 50 is closed by the open door 52b (the large winning opening is closed), the downstream guide portion of the right flow path 3c (by forming a surface continuous with the upper side 55a of the bulging portion 55). It is designed to form a part of the upper side 55a). Further, in the downstream region of the right flow path 3c, in the region above the upper side 55a of the bulge portion 55, to be exact, in the game region above the grand prize opening 50, the flow path correction plate is substantially parallel to the flow direction of the game ball. The 51d is projected so as to move the flowing game ball toward the large winning opening 50.

The process of entering the game ball into the grand prize opening 50 is as follows. The game ball that has passed through the floating area between the upper surface of the center decorative body 48 and the ball guide rail 5 is on the top surface (upper side) 55a of the bulging portion 55 that protrudes from the game board 3 and functions as a guide for the game ball. It flows down along. Then, the game ball comes into contact with the right end of the flow path correction plate 51d protruding from the three surfaces of the game board, whereby the flow direction of the game ball is corrected to the direction (downward direction) of the large winning opening 50. At this time, if the large winning opening 50 is covered by the retractable open door 52b (the large winning opening is closed), the game balls roll on the large winning opening 50, and the game balls are further arranged in a predetermined arrangement (not shown). The game nail guides the player in the direction of the tulip-type normal variable winning device 41 (lower starting port 35). At this time, if the lower start opening 35 is in a winning state (starting opening open state), the game ball can win in the lower starting opening 35, but the open door 52b is retracted into the game board surface and the large winning opening 50 If is open (the big winning opening is open), the game ball is guided into the big winning opening 50.

(Right-handed advantageous configuration under specific conditions)
In the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the player aims the launch position on the special variable winning device 52 side (when the gaming ball is aimed so as to pass through the right flow path 3c), the normal symbol start port Although the game ball is easy to win in 37, the game ball is difficult or not guided to the upper starting port 34 side. Therefore, in the "large winning opening closed state", it is difficult or impossible to win a prize in each of the starting ports 34 and 35 unless the movable wing piece 47 of the normal variable winning device 41 operates. However, the movable wing piece 47 operates in an opening / closing pattern that is at least more advantageous than the normal state when it is in a gaming state (for example, a time saving state or a probability change state) accompanied by a "state with electric support" described later. .. Therefore, in the case of this electric support state, instead of "left-handed" aiming at the game ball to pass through the left flow path 3b, aiming at the game ball passing through the right flow path 3c ""Right-handed" is considered to be advantageous. That is, which of "left-handed" and "right-handed" is advantageous for the player changes depending on the game state, and is under the state without electric support described later (for example, normal). "Left-handed" is advantageous in the state (state or latent state), and "right-handed" is advantageous in the state with electric support (for example, time saving state or probability change state).

Each winning opening such as the upper starting opening 34, the lower starting opening 35, the normal symbol starting opening 37, the large winning opening 50, or the general winning opening 43 functions as a winning means arranged in the game area 3a, and also , The upper start opening sensor 34a, the lower start opening sensor 35a, the normal symbol start opening sensor 37a, the large winning opening sensor 52a, or the general winning opening sensor 43a, and the like, the detection switch (winning detection switch) is a game in which the ball is entered into the winning means. It functions as a detection means for detecting a sphere. The number, shape, formation position, and the like of each of the above-mentioned winning openings (winning means) can be appropriately changed according to the playability. Further, for each winning means, whether the game ball flowing down the left flow path 3b or the right flow path 3c is difficult or impossible to win, or can be won can be appropriately changed according to the playability.

When a game ball is won in each winning opening, the number of winning balls per winning ball promised for each winning opening is paid out from the game ball payout device 19 (see FIG. 3). For example, 3 upper starting openings 34, 1 lower starting opening 35, 0 normal symbol starting openings 37 (without prize balls), 15 large winning openings 50, and 6 general winning openings 43 are paid out. Is done. The game balls that do not win in each of the above winning openings are discharged from the gaming area 3a through the out opening 49. Here, the "winning" is not a structure in which the winning opening takes in the game ball inside, or the winning opening takes in the game ball inside, but a winning opening consisting of a passing type gate (for example, a normal symbol start opening 37). ), It means that the game ball passes through the gate, and when the game ball is actually detected by each winning detection switch formed for each winning opening, "winning" is made in the winning opening. Is treated as if it occurred. The game ball related to this winning is also referred to as a "winning ball".

<Movable body accessory>
Further, in the game area 3a, a plurality of movable body accessories are arranged at positions that do not interfere with the flow of the game ball. In the present embodiment, the first movable body accessory (clock-shaped accessory) 80 is arranged on the upper right side of the center decorative body 48, and the second movable body accessory (flower-shaped accessory) is arranged diagonally lower to the right. Object) 90 is arranged. The clock-type accessory 80, which is the first movable accessory, includes a clock board portion 81 composed of a number display unit having numbers from the Roman letters "I" to "XII" and divided into 12 number sectors. It has a clock hand 82 composed of a short hand and a long hand rotatably formed on the clock face portion 81, and is configured as a clock-type accessory 80 as a whole. The clock face portion 81 has a full-color LED on the back side or inside for each sector division location indicated by the short hand, or the number sector itself is composed of the full-color LED, and the number sectors "I" to "XII" are individually independent. It is configured so that it can emit light in different colors. In the flower-shaped accessory 90, which is the second movable accessory, a corolla consisting of a plurality of petals is arranged around the flower center, and a calyx is further arranged around the outer side of the corolla to double the perianth. The flower-shaped portion 91 (first movable body 91) in the shape of a flower is configured as a flower-shaped accessory 90 attached to the tip of an arm 92 (second movable body 92) capable of swinging. The flower-shaped portion 91 is configured such that a plurality of petals can rotate around the center of the flower. The flower-shaped accessory 90 is normally stationary at an original position (shown by a solid line in FIG. 2) defined on the edge inside the liquid crystal screen or on the side outside the liquid crystal screen, and when a predetermined operating condition is satisfied, the arm 92 is moved. It tilts and moves together with the arm 92 to a position where the flower-shaped portion 91 covers the liquid crystal screen (shown by a broken line in FIG. 2). Then, when moving to the effect position shown by the broken line in FIG. 2, the flower-shaped portion 91 rotates at the tip of the arm, and the translucent flower center and petal portion can be illuminated from behind by a lamp or a full-color LED to illuminate beautifully. .. When the flower-shaped accessory 90 finishes its operation, it returns from the effect position of the broken line to the origin position of the solid line. The flower-shaped portion 91 can have a plurality of types of motion patterns such as high-speed rotation, low-speed rotation, and reverse rotation as the petal rotation motion, and the arm 92 has a predetermined tilting motion in addition to the fully open tilting motion of tilting to the broken line portion. Multiple types of motion patterns are possible, such as a quasi-tilt motion that tilts to a tilt angle, a vibration motion in which the arm rattles, and a sizing motion. The clock-shaped accessory 80 (clock hand 82) and the flower-shaped accessory 90 (first movable body 91, second movable body 92) are used for advance notice production depending on the operation mode, and setting suggestions described later. It is also used when producing a production.

<2. Control device: Fig. 3>
Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the control device that controls the game operation control of the game machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 3 is a control block diagram showing an outline of the control device.

The control device of the gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment is a main control board (main control means) 20 (hereinafter, referred to as “main control unit 20”) that collectively controls control related to overall gaming operations (game operation control). The effect control board (effect control means) 24 (hereinafter, "effect control unit 24") that receives the effect control command from the main control unit 20 and controls the execution control (appearance control) of the effect by the effect means. (Referred to as), a payout control board (payout control means) 29 that controls the payout of prize balls by the game ball payout device 19, and a power source (including a backup power source) required for each board of the game machine from an external power source. It is mainly composed of a power supply board (power supply control means (not shown)) to be supplied. A liquid crystal display device 36 as an image display device is connected to the effect control unit 24. The power supply route is omitted in FIG.

(2-1. Main control unit 20)
The main control unit 20 is equipped with a microprocessor incorporating a CPU 201 (main control CPU), and is ROM 202 (main control) that stores various data necessary for game operation control in addition to a control program that describes a game operation control procedure. It is equipped with a ROM) and a RAM 203 (main control RAM) that functions as a work area and a buffer memory, and constitutes a microcomputer (Z80 system equivalent) as a whole. The main control unit 20 controls a lottery means for executing a big hit lottery (first lottery means, a second lottery means), a hit game control means for executing and controlling a hit game (big hit game control means), and each game state. A symbol display control that controls a variation display operation of a special symbol by selecting a variation pattern (determined by lottery) from a plurality of types of variation patterns based on the game state control means, at least the lottery result by the lottery means. It is in charge of overall control of game movements (game movement control), including means.

Although not shown, the main control unit 20 applies interrupt signals to the CTC and CPU, which provide the Z80 system with a periodic interrupt, a pulse output creation function (bit rate generator) with a constant cycle, and a time measurement function. Interrupt controller circuit that exerts interrupt enable / interrupt prohibition function such as timer interrupt, reset circuit that can detect power on / off or power failure, output system reset signal, and reset CPU, control program Watchdog timer (WDT) circuit that monitors the operation abnormality of, out-of-designated area travel prohibition (IAT) circuit that monitors whether the program is executed correctly within the preset address range, and a certain range of hardware It also has a counter circuit for generating random numbers. At least the main control unit (main control board) 20 and the payout control board 29 receive a voltage drop signal received from a power supply board (not shown) to start executing necessary backup processing prior to power interruption and to supply power. The game operation before shutting off can be resumed after the power is restored (backup function). The gaming machine 1 can retain each stored content of the RAM for at least several days.

The counter circuit includes a random number generation circuit that generates a random number and a sampling circuit that samples a random number value at a predetermined timing from the random number generation circuit, and acts as a 16-bit counter as a whole. By sending an instruction to the sampling circuit according to the processing state, the CPU 201 acquires the numerical value indicated by the random number generation circuit as an internal lottery random number value (big hit determination random number (random number size: 65536)). , The random number value is used for the big hit lottery. The random number for the internal lottery is obtained by adding the soft random number value generated by appropriate software processing and the hard random number value in order to prevent the hitting and the like.

Further, the main control unit 20 includes an upper start port sensor 34a for detecting a prize in the upper start port 34, a lower start port sensor 35a for detecting a prize in the lower start port 35, and a game ball for the normal symbol start port 37. The normal symbol start opening sensor 37a for detecting the passage of the above, the large winning opening sensor 52a for detecting the winning of the large winning opening 50, and the general winning opening sensor 43a for detecting the winning of the general winning opening 43 are connected. The main control unit 20 can receive the detection signals from these. Based on the detection signals from these sensors, the main control unit 20 grasps which winning opening the game ball has won (winning).

Further, the main control unit 20 is connected to an OUT monitoring switch 49a for detecting a game ball (so-called out ball) discharged from the gaming machine through the out port 49 and each winning port, and the main control unit 20 is connected to the OUT monitoring switch. The detection signal from 49a can be received. The main control unit 20 includes a counting means for counting the number of out balls based on the detection signal from the OUT monitoring switch 49a. The number of out balls depends on whether or not the starting ports 34 and 35 have been won if the player continues to launch the game balls from the launching device 32, that is, whether or not the symbol variation display game is executed. It will increase instead. Since the launching performance of the launching device 32 according to the present embodiment is 100 rounds per minute, for example, if the cumulative number of out balls today is 30,000, the gaming machine 1 has been operating for 300 minutes. Information (cumulative number of out balls (pieces) / firing performance (100 shots per minute). Therefore, the number of out balls (cumulative number of out balls) can be said to be one of the game performance information defined by a specific value. , This out-ball number information is used for calculating the base value (one of the game performance information) described later.

Further, a fraud detection sensor (for example, vibration sensor, radio wave sensor, magnetic sensor: not shown) for detecting fraudulent activity against the gaming machine 1 is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 is connected to the fraud detection sensor. It is possible to monitor fraudulent activity against the gaming machine based on the detection signal from.

Further, the main control unit 20 includes a normal electric accessory solenoid 41c for controlling the opening and closing of the movable wing piece 47 of the lower starting port 35, and a large winning opening solenoid 52c for controlling the opening and closing of the opening door 52b of the large winning opening 50. Is connected, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for driving and controlling them.

Further, the special symbol display device 38a and the special symbol display device 38b are connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for displaying and controlling the special symbols 1 and 2. There is. Further, a normal symbol display device 39a is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for display control of the normal symbol.

Further, the main control unit 20 is connected to a composite display device 38c, a right-handed display device 39b, and a round number display device 39c, and the main control unit 20 controls for displaying and controlling various information displayed on these devices. It is possible to transmit signals.

A frame external terminal board 21 is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 transmits a signal (outer end signal) including predetermined game information via the frame external terminal board 21. It is possible to output to the outside of. The external terminal board 21 for the frame is configured to be connectable to a so-called "data counter DT" or "hall computer HC" provided outside the gaming machine, and is output from the external terminal board 21 for the frame. The end signal is sent to the "hall computer HC". As the outer end signal, the main control unit 20 includes, for example, hit game start information, winning information to the starting port (variation start information of a special symbol), prize ball number information, security information (for example, cheating, RAM clearing, etc.). It is possible to output one or more outer end signals including information on occurrence of setting changes, etc.). The above-mentioned "hall computer HC" monitors and collects game information of a game machine based on an outer end signal output from an external terminal board 21 for a frame, and controls the operating status of the game machine installed in a pachinko hall. It is a management computer dedicated to pachinko parlors.

In addition, the main control unit 20 is a type test conducted by the general incorporated foundation "Safety Communication Association (Hotsukyo)" (test related to the type verification of gaming machines based on the rules regarding certification of gaming machines and verification of type). Corresponding to, it is possible to output a type test signal for specifying the game operation in real time from the frame external terminal board 21. When installing a gaming machine that conforms to the type test in a pachinko hall, no change in the conforming control program is permitted.

A payout control board (payout control unit) 29 is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 gives a payout control board 29 a control command related to payout (payout control unit 20) when it is necessary to pay out the prize balls. It is possible to send a payout control command) that specifies the number of prize balls.

A game ball payout device (game ball payout means) 19 for paying out game balls is connected to the payout control board 29. The main roles of the payout control board 29 are reception of payout control commands from the main control unit 20, prize ball payout control of the game ball payout device 19 based on the payout control command, transmission of a status signal to the main control unit 20, and the like. Is.

The game ball payout device 19 is provided with a supply shortage detection sensor 19a for detecting a supply shortage of game balls, a ball counting sensor 19b for detecting a game ball (prize ball) to be paid out, and the like. Each detection signal from these sensors can be received. Further, the game ball payout device 19 is provided with a payout motor 19c for driving a ball payout mechanism unit (not shown) for paying out the game ball, and the payout control board 29 drives and controls the payout motor 19c. It is possible to transmit a control signal for this purpose.

Further, the payout control board 29 has a full detection sensor 60 for detecting the stored state of the game balls stored in the upper tray 9 (whether or not the upper tray 9 is full), and the front frame 2 and / or the front operation. A door opening sensor 61 that detects the open state of the panel 7 is connected. The door opening sensor 61 according to the present embodiment functions as a door opening detecting means, and is, for example, an ON state (open state detection) when the front frame 2 is opened to the front side with respect to the outer frame 4, and an OFF state when the front frame 2 is closed. It is configured to be in a state (closed state detection).

The payout control board 29 is a "ball clogging signal" indicating a full state based on detection signals from various sensors such as the fullness detection sensor 60, the door opening sensor 61, the replenishment shortage detection sensor 19a, and the ball counting sensor 19b. A "door opening signal" indicating that the frame 2 and the front operation panel 7 are open, a "supply shortage signal" indicating an insufficient supply of game balls from the game ball payout device 19, an insufficient payout of prize balls and the number of prize balls. Various status signals such as a "counting error signal" indicating that an abnormality has occurred and a "payout completion signal" indicating that the payout operation has been completed can be transmitted to the main control unit 20. Based on these status signals, the main control unit 20 determines whether the front frame 2 and the front operation panel 7 are in the open state (door opening error) and whether the payout operation of the game ball payout device 19 is normal (whether the payout operation of the game ball payout device 19 is normal). It monitors whether or not the upper saucer 9 is full (ball clogging error) and the like (replenishment shortage error).

Further, a launch control board (launch control unit) 28 is connected to the payout control board 29, and a launch control signal (launch permission signal ES) can be transmitted to the launch control board 28. The launch control board 28 controls energization of a launch solenoid (not shown) provided in the launch device 32 based on the launch control signal, and realizes a game ball launch operation by operating the launch operation handle 15. .. Further, the launch strength of the game ball can be changed according to the operation amount of the launch operation handle 15.

Further, the main control unit 20 includes a RAM clear switch 98 for initializing a predetermined area of the RAM 203, a setting key switch 94 for switching to a "setting change allowable state" in which a setting value can be changed, and a setting thereof. The setting change switch 95 for changing the setting value and the setting change completion switch 96 for confirming the setting value selected by the setting change switch 95 in the change allowable state (RAM clear switch 98 may be substituted). Is connected, and the main control unit 20 can receive detection signals from these switches. In the case of the present embodiment, the RAM clear switch 98, the setting change switch 95, and the setting change completion switch 96 are all push-button switches that can be operated by the operator, and the setting key switch 94 sets the setting key. It is a key switch that can be switched between a setting change allowable state (ON) and a setting change prohibition state (OFF) by inserting it and performing an ON / OFF operation. These switches 98, 94, 95, 96 are formed in appropriate places inside the gaming machine from the viewpoint of preventing fraudulent acts (clearing fraudulent RAM, changing fraudulent settings, etc.), unless the front frame 2 is opened. , ON / OFF operation from the outside of the gaming machine is impossible.

Further, a setting display 97 (setting display means) for displaying information related to the set value is connected to the main control unit 20, and the main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for displaying and controlling the setting display 97. .. The setting display 97 according to the present embodiment is composed of one 7-segment display, and is invisible to the player at appropriate locations inside the game machine, for example, the main control board 20, the payout control board 28, and the firing. On the control board 29, the relay board (relay board that relays the connection between various display devices and switches and the control board: not shown), or the effect control unit (effect control board (including the liquid crystal control board)) 24. It is attached to such as. It can be installed in a suitable place inside the gaming machine.

(About set value)
The above-mentioned "set value" gradually changes the ball output rate (so-called machine discount (PAYOUT rate)), and in the present embodiment, six levels of setting values 1 to 6 are provided. ing. This "set value" defines at least the lottery probability (winning probability) of a big hit (the winning type at which the condition device described later is activated) in each of the settings 1 to 6 (6 stages), and is a set value. The higher the value, the higher the jackpot lottery probability (big hit winning probability) is set, which is advantageous to the player. For example, at low probability, setting 1 is 1/410, setting 2 is 1/390, setting 3 is 1/370, setting 4 is 1/350, setting 5 is 1/330, setting 6 is 1/320, and so on. is there. That is, the higher the set value, the easier it is to win a big hit (the higher the machine discount), which is advantageous to the player. As described above, the set value is a value that mainly defines the events that affect the machine discount for each stage, and means the value for the grade related to the susceptibility of a specific event such as a big hit. Such "set values" are determined exclusively based on the sales strategy of pachinko halls (game stores). If the jackpot lottery probability is in a high probability state (when the special symbol probability change function described later is activated), the probability increases to a value that does not exceed 10 times, and the increase rate (for each set value) The ratio) is not different (the rate of increase is uniform). In the above example, if the jackpot lottery probability at low probability is set 1 to 6 = 1 / 41-10 / 320 and the rate of increase is 10 times, the jackpot lottery probability at high probability is set 1 to 6. = 1/41 to 1/32.

When a plurality of types of jackpots are provided, the winning probability of one or a plurality of types of jackpots can be changed according to the set value. For example, when there are four types of jackpots 1 to 4, the higher the set value, the higher the winning probability of all jackpots 1 to 4, or some jackpots may be configured. Only a certain jackpot 1 to 3 may be configured to be high (in this case, the jackpot 4 has a common winning probability for all set values), or only a specific jackpot (for example, jackpot 1 only). ) May be configured to be high only (in this case, the winning probabilities common to all set values for jackpots 2 to 4). Further, the higher the set value is, the higher the total winning probability of the jackpots 1 to 4 may be. Further, the winning probability of the small hit type that does not trigger the operation of the conditional device may be changed according to the set value, as in the case of the large hit described above.

(About the operation to change the set value)
In the present embodiment, when the power is turned on, at least when the setting key switch 94 and the RAM clear switch 98 are in the ON state, the setting change is controlled to the allowable state, and when the power is turned on by any other switch operation, the power is turned on. It is controlled to the setting change prohibition state. When the setting change switch 95 is turned ON in this setting change allowable state, the current display value of the setting display 97 is "1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 1 → 2 → 3 → ...". It is switched and displayed so as to circulate in the range of 1 to 6. Then, when the desired setting value is displayed, when the setting change completion switch 96 is turned ON (setting confirmation operation), the current display value is confirmed as the current setting value, and the setting value data is the predetermined area of the RAM 203 (the setting confirmation operation). It is stored in the setting value storage area). Then, when the setting key switch 94 is operated from the current ON state to the OFF state, the setting change allowable state is terminated, and thereafter, the game is started under the fixed set value. The main control unit 20 of the present embodiment includes a setting value selecting means for selecting one of a plurality of types of setting values having different advantages to the player based on the operation of the predetermined operating means. It is provided with a setting value setting means for setting a setting value selected by the setting value selection means.

Further, the main control unit 20 can transmit various game processing information such as information about the special symbol variation display game and error information to the effect control unit 24 by the effect control command according to the processing state. .. However, in order to prevent a goto action from the outside, the main control unit 20 only transmits a signal to the effect control unit 24, and the signal from the effect control unit 24 cannot be received. It has become.

(About performance indicator 99)
Further, a performance indicator 99 (information display means) for displaying (notifying) information (hereinafter referred to as "performance information") related to the game result for a predetermined period (specific game period) is connected to the main control unit 20. The main control unit 20 can transmit a control signal for displaying and controlling the main control unit 20. The performance display 99 of the present embodiment is composed of a plurality of 7-segment LEDs, and specifically, four 7-segment LEDs (7-segment displays 99a to 99d) in which a display unit and a circuit unit are unitized are laterally arranged. This is mounted on the main control board 20, for example, to form a display capable of displaying a 4-digit number. Further, each 7-segment LED has a decimal point DP (dot) below the 7-segment number. The above "performance information" is information mainly used by pachinko hall stores and related agencies for confirmation and investigation, and for example, abnormalities in ball ejection performance occur due to illegal adjustment of game nails or goto acts. This is information for investigating whether or not the original ball ejection performance of the gaming machine (designed ball ejection performance) is properly exhibited, in other words, "information on game performance". Therefore, the performance information itself is information that is not directly related to the game progress itself when the player enjoys the game, unlike the advance notice effect and the setting suggestion effect described later. Therefore, the performance display 99 is not installed in a place that is visible to the player, but is mounted in a place that is easily visible inside the gaming machine, for example, on a control board or a board case that protects the control board. Further, at least one of the four segments 99a to 99d of the performance indicator 99 may also be used as the setting indicator 97.

In the present embodiment, as the above-mentioned "performance information", the total number of payouts (the number of payouts in the normal state) in the normal state (the jackpot lottery probability is low probability (normal probability) and there is no electric support described later) and the normal state The cumulative number of out balls (normal out number) is measured in real time, and the value obtained by dividing the normal payout number by the normal out number multiplied by 100 (normal payout number ÷ normal out number x 100) The calculated base value) is adopted, and this is displayed in a predetermined mode by the performance display 99. As for the base value, the value rounded to the first decimal place is displayed on the performance display 99. However, instead of simply measuring permanently and displaying the base value (performance information), when the number of out balls being measured reaches a predetermined specified number (for example, 60,000), the measurement is temporarily terminated. , The base value at the end of the measurement is stored in the RAM 203 as history information (the current base value is stored), and the measurement of a new base value is started again. In the case of this embodiment, the above-mentioned "specified number (60,000)" that triggers the end of measurement is not the number of outs in the normal state, but the cumulative outs measured during all game states (including during the winning game). The number of balls (the number of outs in all states) is adopted, and this "number of outs in all states" is also measured in real time.

(2-2. Production control unit 24)
The effect control unit 24 is equipped with a microprocessor having a CPU 241 (effect control CPU), a ROM 242 (effect control ROM) that stores the effect data required for the effect control process, and a RAM 243 (effect control ROM) that functions as a work area or a buffer memory. It is mainly composed of a microcomputer equipped with an effect control RAM), and also has an acoustic control unit (sound source LSI), an RTC function unit (Real Time Lock), a counter circuit for effect lottery random numbers, an interrupt controller circuit, and a reset circuit. A WDT circuit or the like is provided to control the overall production operation. In addition, the RTC function unit is a clock IC that keeps track of time, and is related to time information in real time and / or date (month, day, day of the week) such as the current time (“current time is hour, minute, second”). It works as a clock means to provide calendar information.

The main roles of the effect control unit 24 are receiving the effect control command from the main control unit 20, determining the selection of the effect based on the effect control command, controlling the image display of the liquid crystal display device 36 which is the effect means, and controlling the sound of the speaker 46. , Light emission control of various effect LEDs (decorative lamp 45, button LED 13b, other effect LEDs), operation control of various movable body accessories 80, 90, and the like.

Further, the effect control unit 24 includes a display control unit (not shown) that controls the display of the liquid crystal display device 36. This display control unit expands VDP, which controls overall video output processing such as image expansion processing and image drawing, an image ROM that stores image data (directed image data) that VDP performs image expansion processing, and VDP. A VRAM (Video RAM) that temporarily stores the image data, a liquid crystal control CPU that outputs control data necessary for VDP to perform display control, and a program that describes the display control operation procedure of the liquid crystal control CPU and its It is mainly composed of a liquid crystal control ROM that stores various data necessary for display control and a liquid crystal control RAM that functions as a work area or a buffer memory.

Further, the effect control unit 24 includes various effect LEDs such as a decorative lamp 45, button LEDs 13b, and 62a in order to display various effects (light effect, sound effect, and movable body effect by a movable body accessory). An optical display control unit for the optical display device 45a, an acoustic control unit (sound source LSI) for the sound generator 46a including the speaker 46, and a drive control unit (motor) for the movable body accessory motors 80c and 90c for operating the movable body accessory. It is equipped with a drive circuit). The effect control unit 24 can transmit a control signal related to the effect means to these control units.

Further, the effect control unit 24 is connected to a position detection sensor 82a that monitors the movement of the movable body accessory, and the effect control unit 24 is based on the detection information from the position detection sensor 82a and the current operation of the movable body accessory. The operation mode is controlled while monitoring the position (for example, the amount of movement from the origin position). Further, based on the detection information from the position detection sensor 82a, a malfunction in operation is monitored, and if a malfunction occurs, this is notified as a movable body accessory error.

Further, the effect control unit 24 is connected to the effect button switch 13a for detecting the operation of the effect button 13 and the direction key switches 75a'to 75d' for detecting the operation of the direction keys 75 (75a to 75d) to control the effect. The unit 24 can receive the operation detection signal from the effect button 13 and the direction key 75.

When the effect control unit 24 receives the effect control command sent from the main control unit 20, the effect control unit 24 determines by lottery or uniquely from a plurality of types of effect patterns prepared in advance based on the information contained in the command. Then, various production means are controlled at the required timing to bring out the desired production. As a result, the display of the effect image by the liquid crystal display device 36 (image display effect), the reproduction of the sound from the speaker 46 (sound effect), and the lighting / blinking drive of the decorative lamp 45 and other effect LEDs (light effect) are realized. , Various effect patterns (variable display operation of decorative symbols, notice effect, hold display, etc.) are developed in chronological order, thereby realizing a "effect scenario" in a broad sense. Further, the effect control unit 24 responds to the effect button 13 and / or the direction key 75 based on the operation detection signals from the effect button switch 13a and the direction key switches 75a'to 75d' during the predetermined operation reception valid period. It is configured so that it can be identified whether such an operation has been performed (for example, pressing, long pressing, repeated hitting, etc.) (operation identifying means), and it is possible to control the appearance of the effect according to the operation mode. There is.

Note that the effect control command defines the function by a 2-byte configuration consisting of a 1-byte length mode (MODE) and a 1-byte length event (EVENT), and in order to distinguish between MODE and EVENT, Bit7 of MODE is used. Bit7 of ON and EVENT is turned OFF. When this information is transmitted as valid, a strobe signal is output corresponding to each of the mode (MODE) and the event (EVENT). That is, when there is a command to be transmitted, the CPU 201 (main control CPU) sets and outputs mode (MODE) information for transmitting the command to the effect control unit 24, and the first time after a predetermined time has elapsed from this setting. The strobe signal is transmitted. Further, the event (EVENT) information is set and output after a lapse of a predetermined time from the transmission of the strobe signal, and the second strobe signal is transmitted after the lapse of a predetermined time from this setting. The strobe signal is controlled in the active state by the CPU 201 for a predetermined period during which the CPU 241 (effect control CPU) can reliably receive the command.

Further, the effect control unit 24 (CPU 241) generates an interrupt based on the input of the strobe signal, executes the control program for the command reception interrupt process, and acquires the effect control command in this interrupt process. It has become. Further, unlike the CPU 201, the CPU 241 is executing an interrupt process (a timer interrupt process that is periodically executed) based on another interrupt when an interrupt occurs based on the input of a strobe signal. Even if there is, the command reception interrupt process is performed by interrupting the process, and the command reception interrupt process is preferentially performed even if other interrupts occur at the same time.

<3. Overview of operation>
Next, a gaming operation related to the gaming machine 1 using the control device (FIG. 3) will be described.

(3-1. Symbol variation display game)
(3-1-1. Special symbol variation display game, decorative symbol variation display game)
In the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, the main control unit 20 receives a predetermined starting condition, specifically, the gaming ball enters (wins) the upper starting port 34 or the lower starting port 35. A "big hit lottery" is held by random number lottery. Based on the lottery result, the main control unit 20 variablely displays the special symbols 1 and 2 on the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b to start the special symbol variable display game, and displays the result as a special symbol after a lapse of a predetermined time. Derived display is performed on the device, thereby ending the special symbol variation display game.

Here, in the present embodiment, the big hit lottery based on the winning of the upper starting port 34 and the big hit lottery based on the winning of the lower starting port 35 are performed separately and independently. Therefore, the jackpot lottery result for the upper starting port 34 is derived on the special symbol display device 38a side, and the jackpot lottery result for the lower starting port 35 is derived on the special symbol display device 38b side. Specifically, on the special symbol display device 38a side, on the condition that the game ball enters the upper start port 34, the special symbol 1 is variablely displayed and the first special symbol variable display game is started. On the other hand, on the special symbol display device 38b side, the special symbol 2 is variablely displayed and the second special symbol variable display game is started on the condition that the game ball enters the lower starting port 35. ing. Then, when the special symbol variation display game on the special symbol display device 38a or the special symbol display device 38b is started, after a predetermined variation display time elapses, if the jackpot lottery result is a "big hit", a predetermined "big hit" In the mode, when the big hit lottery result is "small hit", the special symbol in the variable display is stopped and displayed in the predetermined "small hit" mode, and in other cases, in the predetermined "loss" mode. The game result (big hit lottery result) is derived by.

In the present specification, for convenience of explanation, the first special symbol variation display game on the special symbol display device 38a side is referred to as "special symbol variation display game 1", and the second special symbol display device 38b side is referred to as "special symbol variation display game 1". The special symbol variation display game is referred to as "special symbol variation display game 2". Unless otherwise required, "special symbol 1" and "special symbol 2" are simply referred to as "special symbol" (sometimes abbreviated as "special symbol"), and "special symbol variation display game 1" and "special symbol". The "variable display game 2" may be referred to as a "special symbol variable display game".

Further, when the above-mentioned special symbol variation display game is started, the decorative symbol (directing game symbol) is variablely displayed on the liquid crystal display device 36, and the decorative symbol variation display game is started, which accompanies this. Then, various productions are developed. When the special symbol variation display game ends, the decorative symbol variation display game also ends, the special symbol display device reflects a predetermined special symbol indicating the jackpot lottery result, and the liquid crystal display device 36 reflects the jackpot lottery result. The decorative design is derived and displayed. That is, the result of the special symbol variation display game is reflected and displayed by the dramatic decorative symbol variation display game including the variation display operation of the decorative symbol.

Therefore, for example, when the result of the special symbol variation display game (result of the jackpot lottery) is "big hit", the decorative symbol variation display game develops an effect that reflects the result. Then, in the special symbol display device, when the special symbol is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a big hit (for example, the 7-segment is in the display state of "7"), the liquid crystal display device 36 displays "left", "middle", and "right". In each display area of "", the decorative symbols reflect the "big hit" (for example, in each of the "left", "middle", and "right" display areas, the three decorative symbols are "7", "7", and "7". 7 ”is displayed as a stop display.

In the case of this "big hit", specifically, the special symbol variation display game ends, and the decorative symbol variation display game ends accordingly, and as a result, the symbol mode of the "big hit" is derived and displayed. After that, the large winning opening solenoid 52c (see FIG. 3) of the special variable winning device 52 operates to open and close the opening door 52b in a predetermined pattern, whereby the large winning opening 50 is opened and closed, and the normal state (normal game). A special gaming state (big hit game) that is more advantageous to the player than the state) occurs. In this big hit game, the opening time of the big winning opening by the opening door 52b is until a predetermined time (maximum opening time: 29.8 seconds, for example) elapses, or the number of game balls that have won the big winning opening (big winning opening 50). The maximum number of winning balls (maximum number of winning balls): 10 pieces, for example, the maximum number of winning balls allowed for the winning opening whose entrance is opened or expanded by one operation of the winning combination. The "round game" is such that the winning area is opened or expanded until the number reaches, and the large winning opening is closed when any of these conditions (round game end condition) is satisfied (the closing condition is satisfied). A predetermined number of predetermined rounds (for example, up to 10 rounds) are repeated. The details of the winning type that is the target of the big hit lottery will be described later with reference to FIG. 4 and the like.

When the above jackpot game starts, the opening effect is first performed using the jackpot start interval time, and after the jackpot start interval time elapses, the round game is limited to a predetermined number of rounds (maximum number of rounds). Performed multiple times. Then, when the specified number of rounds is completed, the ending effect is performed using the jackpot end interval time, and the jackpot game ends when the jackpot end interval time elapses. That is, the jackpot game is roughly divided into an opening period (big hit start interval time), a round game period up to the maximum number of rounds, and an ending period (big hit end interval time). The details of the jackpot game will be described later.

Regarding the information necessary for executing the above-mentioned decorative symbol variation display game, first, the main control unit 20 first enters (wins) a game ball into the upper start port 34 or the lower start port 35, and specifically. , "Big hit", "Small hit", or "Loss" on condition that the game ball is detected by the upper start opening sensor 34a or the lower start opening sensor 35a and the start condition (starting condition related to the special symbol) is satisfied. If it is a "big hit", the big hit type is selected, if it is a "small hit", the small hit type is selected, and if it is a "miss", the big hit type is selected. Perform a big hit lottery including'design lottery (winning type lottery)'to draw a lottery of the loss type (If there is only one type of big hit, small hit or loss, it is not necessary to perform the symbol lottery, so omit the symbol lottery. Based on the lottery result information, the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol and the special symbol (special stop symbol) to be finally stopped and displayed are determined. Then, as an effect control command for specifying the processing state, a "variation pattern designation command" including at least variation pattern information of the special symbol (for example, information on the jackpot lottery result and the variation time of the special symbol) is provided by the effect control unit 24. Send to the side. As a result, the basic information required for the decorative symbol variation display game is sent to the effect control unit 24. In this embodiment, a "decorative symbol designation command" including information on the special stop symbol (design lottery result information (information on the winning type)) is also transmitted to the effect control unit 24 in order to enrich the variation of the effect. It has become like.

The variation pattern information of the special symbol may include information for designating the occurrence of a specific advance notice effect (for example, the reach effect type described later, the pseudo continuous effect and the number of times thereof). Specifically, the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol is roughly classified into a "hit fluctuation pattern" in the case of a hit and a "loss fluctuation pattern" in the case of a loss according to the result of the big hit lottery. 'Reach fluctuation pattern' that specifies the occurrence of reach effect (including designation of N reach 1-2, weak SP reach-strong reach type, etc., which will be described later),'normal variation pattern'that does not specify the occurrence of reach effect, pseudo-ream There are multiple types of fluctuation patterns, such as'pseudo-ream reach fluctuation pattern'that specifies the occurrence of production and reach production, and'pseudo-ream normal fluctuation pattern'that specifies the occurrence of pseudo-ream production and does not specify the occurrence of reach production. included. In addition, for the reach fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation pattern with pseudo-ream, the fluctuation time is basically set longer than the fluctuation time of the normal fluctuation pattern in order to secure the production time of the advance notice effect. , Some are short time.

The effect control unit 24 is time-series during the decorative symbol variation display game based on the information included in the effect control commands (here, the variation pattern designation command and the decorative symbol designation command) sent from the main control unit 20. The content of the effect (effect scenario) to be developed in the game, the decorative pattern to be finally stopped and displayed (decorative stop pattern), etc. are decided, and according to the time schedule based on the variation pattern of the special symbol, the advance notice effect during the decorative symbol variation display game and Controls the appearance of the variable display effect of the decorative pattern. As a result, the decorative symbol by the liquid crystal display device 36 is variablely displayed in synchronization with the variable display of the special symbol by the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b, and the period of the special symbol variable display game and the decorative symbol variable display game are in progress. The period of is substantially the same time width. Further, the effect control unit 24 controls the liquid crystal display device 36, the light display device 45a, or the sound generator 46a, respectively, so as to correspond to the effect scenario, and develops various effects in the decorative symbol variation display game. As a result, image reproduction (image effect) on the liquid crystal display device 36, sound effect reproduction (sound effect), and lighting / blinking drive (light effect) of the effect LED such as the decorative lamp 45 are realized.

In this way, the special symbol variation display game and the decorative symbol variation display game have an inseparable relationship, and what reflects the display result of the special symbol variation display game is expressed in the decorative symbol variation display game. , These two symbol variation display games may be regarded as equivalent symbol games. Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the above two symbol variation display games may be simply referred to as "symbol variation display games".

(3-1-2. Ordinary symbol variation display game)
Further, in the gaming machine 1, based on the fact that the gaming ball has passed (winning) through the normal symbol start port 37, the main control unit 20 performs a "subsidy winning lottery" by a random number lottery. Based on this lottery result, the normal symbol represented by the LED is variablely displayed on the normal symbol display device 39a to start the normal symbol variable display game, and after a predetermined fluctuation time elapses, the result is turned on and off by the LED. It is designed to stop and display in combination. For example, when the result of the normal symbol variation display game is "auxiliary hit", the display unit of the normal symbol display device 39a is stopped and displayed in a specific lighting state (for example, all two LEDs 39 are in the lighting state).

In the case of this "auxiliary hit", the normal electric accessory solenoid 41c (see FIG. 3) is activated, whereby the movable wing piece 47 opens in an inverted "C" shape and the lower starting port 35 opens. Alternatively, the game ball is expanded to a state in which the game ball easily flows in (starting opening open state), and an auxiliary game state (hereinafter, referred to as "solenoid open game") that is more advantageous to the player than the normal state occurs. In this general electric opening game, the opening time of the lower starting port 35 (the operating time during which the lower starting port 35 is opened by the movable wing piece 47) is set to a predetermined time (for example, by the movable wing piece 47 of the normal variable winning device 41). The winning area is opened or expanded until 0.2 seconds) elapses, or until the number of game balls won in the lower starting port 35 reaches a predetermined number (for example, 4), and either of these conditions is satisfied. In that case, the operation of closing the lower starting port 35 is repeated a predetermined number of times (for example, a maximum of two times).

(3-1-3. Operation hold ball)
Here, in the present embodiment, each start port 34 to 35 or the normal symbol start port 37 wins a prize during the special / decorative symbol variation display game, the normal symbol variation display game, the big hit game, or the normal electric open game. When it occurs, that is, when there is an input of a detection signal from the start port sensors 34a to 35a or the normal symbol start port sensor 37a and the corresponding start condition (symbol game start condition) is satisfied, this is the start right of the variable display game. As the data related to the above, except for the data related to the variable display, the maximum number of reserved storages (for example, a maximum of 4), which is a predetermined upper limit value, is retained and stored. The pending data that is not used for this symbol variation display operation or the game ball related to the reserved data is also referred to as an "operation pending ball". In order to clarify the number of operation holding balls to the player, a dedicated holding display (not shown) provided at an appropriate position in the game machine 1 or a holding display provided as an icon image on the screen by the liquid crystal display device 36. Turn on the device.

Further, in the present embodiment, up to four operation holding balls related to the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the ordinary symbol are reserved and stored in the corresponding storage area of the RAM 203, and are retained as the number of times the fluctuation of the special symbol or the ordinary symbol is confirmed. The maximum number of stored balls (maximum number of reserved balls) for each of the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the normal symbol is not particularly limited. In addition, all or part of the maximum number of reserved memories of each symbol may be different, and the number can be appropriately determined according to the playability. In the following, each of the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the normal symbol operation holding ball will also be referred to as a special figure 1 operation holding ball, a special figure 2 operation holding ball, and a normal figure operation holding ball, respectively.

(3-2. Game state)
Next, the gaming state will be described. The gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment is configured to be capable of generating a plurality of types of gaming states in addition to the above-mentioned jackpot, which is a special gaming state. In order to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, first, functions (means) related to the occurrence of various gaming states will be described.

The gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment is provided with a "probability variation function (probability variation function)" in which the main control unit 20 (CPU201) is responsible for the functional unit. There are two types of this, a probabilistic function related to a special symbol (hereinafter referred to as "special symbol probabilistic function") and a probabilistic function related to a normal symbol (hereinafter referred to as "ordinary symbol probabilistic function").

The special symbol probability change function changes the jackpot lottery probability from a low probability (for example, 1/320) of a predetermined probability (normal probability) to a high probability (for example, 1/32), which is more advantageous than the normal state. It is a function to generate a "high probability state (big hit high probability state)". Under the gaming state (high probability state) in which this special symbol probability change function is operating, the jackpot lottery probability is high, so that a jackpot is likely to occur.

The normal symbol probability change function is more advantageous than the normal state by changing the lottery probability per auxiliary from a low probability (for example, 2/256), which is a predetermined probability (normal probability), to a high probability (for example, 255/255). It is a function to generate a "probability change state per auxiliary". Under the game state (auxiliary hit probability change state) in which this normal symbol probability change function is operating, the auxiliary hit lottery probability becomes a high probability state, so that auxiliary hits are likely to occur, and the public electric open game frequently occurs. The operating rate is improved, in which the operating rate of the movable wing piece 47 per unit time is improved as compared with the normal state.

Further, the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment is provided with a "variation time shortening function (time saving function)" in which the main control unit 20 is responsible for its functional unit. There are two types of this: a time saving function related to a special symbol (hereinafter referred to as "special symbol time saving function") and a time saving function related to a normal symbol (hereinafter referred to as "ordinary symbol time saving function").

The special symbol time reduction function shortens the average time required for one special symbol fluctuation display game (the average time from the start of fluctuation of a special symbol to the stop display (confirmed display)). It is a function to generate a "state". Under the gaming state (special symbol time saving state) in which this special symbol time saving function is operating, the average fluctuation time of the special symbol in one special symbol fluctuation display game is shortened (for example, the average required for the reachless loss fluctuation). The time is shortened from 8 seconds to 2 seconds), and the number of big hit lottery per unit time is improved as compared with the normal state.

The normal symbol time saving function generates a "normal symbol time saving state" that shortens the average time required for one normal symbol fluctuation display game (the average time from when the normal symbol starts to change to when it is stopped and displayed). It is a function to make it. Under the gaming state (normal symbol time saving state) in which the normal symbol time saving function is activated, the average fluctuation time of the normal symbol in one normal symbol variation display game is shortened (for example, from 30 seconds to 1 second). ), The number of lottery times is improved, in which the number of lottery per auxiliary per unit time is improved as compared with the normal state.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment has an "open extension function" in which the main control unit 20 is responsible for its functional unit. This open extension function is a function of generating an "open extension state" in which the open operation period (opening time of the movable wing piece 47) of the movable wing piece 47 of the normal variable winning device 41 is extended from the normal state. Under the open extension state, the open operation period (starting port open state time) of the movable wing piece 47 is extended from, for example, 0.2 seconds to 1.7 seconds, and the number of times of opening and closing is, for example, once (open extension function). Is extended from (when is not operating) to twice (when the open extension function is operating), and the operating rate is improved, in which the operating rate of the movable wing piece 47 per unit time is improved as compared with the normal state. Therefore, when the open extension function is activated, the frequency of winning the lower starting port 35 increases, and therefore, as a game state, the frequency of establishment of the starting condition of the special symbol variation display game for deriving the lottery result of the big hit is higher than the normal state. The open extension state is also referred to as an "electric chew support state" in this respect, which is an advantageous gaming state for the player as compared with a state in which the opening extension function is not activated (non-operating).

By operating one or a plurality of types of each of the above functions, it is possible to change the internal gaming state (internal gaming state) of the gaming machine. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the gaming state in which the special symbol probability change function, the special symbol time saving function, the normal symbol probability change function, the normal symbol time reduction function, and the open extension function are activated is referred to as a "probability change state", and among these functions, The game state in which the special symbol probability change function is removed is referred to as a "time saving state", and at least the game state in which the special symbol probability change function is activated and the open extension function is not activated (in the present embodiment, only the special symbol probability change function is activated). ) Is referred to as a "latent state", and a state in which all functions are not operating (non-operating) is referred to as a "normal state". Therefore, paying attention to the jackpot lottery probability in these gaming states, when the gaming state is the "time saving state" or the "normal state", the jackpot lottery probability becomes the "low probability state (normal probability)" and the gaming state becomes. In the case of "latent state" or "probability change state", the jackpot lottery probability is "high probability state". In addition, during the big hit related to the operation of the condition device, a hit game in which the big winning opening is opened and closed occurs, but all the functions are not activated for each of the above functions, and basically, under the same game state as the above normal state. Placed in.

Regarding each of the above game states, when focusing on the presence or absence of the electric chew support state, if the game state is the "normal state" or the "latent state", there is no "electric chew support state" (hereinafter, "no electric support state"). When the game state is "time saving state" or "probability change state", it becomes "with electric chew support state (hereinafter referred to as" electric support state ")". In the case of the present embodiment, in the probabilistic state or the time saving state with the electric chew support state, the normal symbol probabilistic function, the normal symbol time saving function, and the opening extension function are operated at the same time, so that the normal electric opening game can be easily generated. It is set to a gaming state in which the operating rate of the movable wing piece 47 is remarkably improved.

Regarding the operating status of each of the above functions (special symbol probability change function, special symbol time saving function, normal symbol probability change function, normal symbol time reduction function, and open extension function) that determine the game state, the main control unit 20 side has these functions. The operation (5AH) / non-operation (00H) is managed by the ON / OFF state of the corresponding flag. Further, what kind of game state the current game state is is managed by using an identifier of "game state number YJ". For example, when the game state number YJ is "00H", it is in the "normal state", when it is "01H", it is in the "time saving state", when it is "02H", it is in the "latent state", and when it is "03H", it is in the "probability changing state". 'Specify. A gaming state focusing on the operating status of each function is also referred to as an "internal gaming state". When the game state shifts, the main control unit 20 sends a "game state designation command" including information that can identify the game state of the shift destination to the effect control unit 24. There is.

<4. About production>
(4-1. Production mode)
Next, the effect mode (effect state) will be described. The gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment is provided with a plurality of types of effect modes for producing effects related to the gaming state, and is configured to be capable of transition control between each effect mode in response to the transition of the gaming state. There is. The above-mentioned effect modes include "normal effect mode" related to "normal state", "probability change effect mode" related to "probability change state", "time reduction effect mode" related to "time reduction state", and "hit game state (during hit game)". ) ”, There are multiple types of production modes according to each game state, such as the“ hitting production mode ”. Further, the time saving effect mode may be a time saving effect mode common to the time saving A and the time saving B, or may be a time saving A effect mode and a time saving B effect mode (at least one in the time saving A and the time saving B). The production of the part is different).

The effect control unit 24 (CPU 241) has a function unit (effect state transition control means) for transition control between a plurality of types of effect modes. The effect control unit 24 specifies a command including information on the game state among the effect control commands sent from the main control unit 20 (CPU201), specifically, the current game state or the transition of the game state. Based on the information contained in a specific effect control command such as specifying, the transition from one effect mode to another effect mode is performed in a form that maintains consistency with the game state managed by the main control unit 20 side. Control and manage production modes related to the gaming state. The specific effect control command includes a variation pattern specification command, a game state specification command, a customer waiting command, and a predetermined effect control command (big hit start command, big hit end command) transmitted during the hit game.

In each effect mode, the background display as the background of the variable display screen of the decorative pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as "background effect") is, for example, a background effect reminiscent of the season'spring'under the "normal effect mode" (for example). , Background effect that displays the background image of the cherry tree), Background effect that is reminiscent of the season'summer'under "Time saving effect mode" (For example, background effect that displays the background image of the sea), Under "Probability effect mode" It is controlled by switching to a background display related to the game state, such as a background effect reminiscent of the season'autumn'(for example, a background effect that displays a background image of an autumnal tree). Therefore, it is possible to recognize what kind of game state the player is currently staying in. Even in the same effect mode, different background displays can be displayed.

(4-2. Notice production)
Next, the advance notice production will be described. The effect control unit 24 is the content of the effect control command from the main control unit 20, specifically, the variation pattern information included in at least the variation pattern designation command (in the present embodiment, the “variation pattern designation command” and / or “. Based on the information included in the "decorative symbol designation command"), various "notice effects" related to the jackpot lottery result can be controlled to appear (notice effect control means). In such a notice production, the degree of expectation of winning or not winning the winning type (well-known "winning expectation") and / or the occurrence of a predetermined event (for example, winning, winning a specific hit, specific notice) It includes things that can suggest (notice) the occurrence of the production, etc., and most of them work as a "fan production" to fuel the player's expectation of winning. Typical notice productions include "reach production (production mode related to reach fluctuation pattern)", "pseudo-continuous production", "player participation type production", etc., which accompany these productions. It includes various advance notices that occur in combination (simultaneous, overlapping) or independently. Hereinafter, these production modes will be described.

(4-2-1. Reach production)
The “reach effect” refers to an effect mode accompanied by a reach state, and specifically, an effect mode in which a game result can be derived and displayed via the reach state. This "reach state" is a display mode in which some of the decorative symbols derived and displayed in the middle of the decorative symbol variation display game show winning in the stage before the result of the decorative symbol variation display game is derived. It refers to a display mode (so-called "tenpai state") in which a variable display of a decorative pattern that has not yet been derived and displayed is performed in a state in which a part is configured. In the case of a big hit, the final result is derived and displayed mainly via this reach state. Of course, just because the reach state is formed, the result of the decorative symbol variation display game does not necessarily become a "big hit", and the finally derived result is the winning symbol (for example, the winning symbol "777"). If not, the result of this game will be "missing". The reach effect is accompanied by such a display of the reach state, and if the reach effect appears (appears), the winning expectation is relatively higher than the normal fluctuation. In the case of the present embodiment, when the game result is a hit, some kind of reach effect is displayed in this symbol variation display game. Therefore, in the stage before the occurrence of the reach effect, various advance notice effects are provided to give notice (suggestion) of the possibility (including confirmation of occurrence) of the reach effect. However, the advance notice effect is not necessarily the one that announces the possibility of the reach effect, but the occurrence of other advance notice effects other than the reach effect (for example, the pseudo-ream described later, the player participation type effect, the setting suggestion effect, etc.). Some suggest the possibility, and some occur in combination during the reach production. In such a notice effect, one or a plurality of types of notice effects may occur in combination during one symbol variation display game (during one change) in relation to the jackpot lottery result, and the advance notice effects are combined. When it occurs, the expected degree of winning is shown more clearly. For example, if a plurality of types of advance notice effects having a high expectation of winning occur (including cases where they occur in duplicate (simultaneously) or at different timings), the expectation of winning will be higher. The fun of the game can be improved by the advance notice effect during the game, which is woven by such advance notice effect and reach effect.

The reach effect includes a plurality of types of reach effects associated with the winning expectation. For example, there are cases where the winning expectation is relatively higher than when N reach (normal reach) appears. Such a reach production is called "SP reach (super reach)". Most of this "SP reach" has a relatively longer production time (variable time) than the N reach in order to fuel the player's expectation of winning, and is usually executed via the N reach. The N reach of the present embodiment includes a plurality of types of N reach such as "N reach 1 and 2", and the SP reach includes a plurality of types of SP reach such as "weak SP reach, medium SP reach, and strong SP reach". Is included. Regarding the relationship of winning expectations between the same species, there is a relationship of "N reach 1 <N reach 2", "weak SP reach <medium SP reach <strong SP reach", and between different species, "N" Reach 1 <N reach 2 <weak SP reach <medium SP reach <strong SP reach ". The actual expectation of winning a big hit changes depending on whether or not other notice effects appear. Therefore, for example, even when a weak SP reach appears, the winning expectation level can be equal to or higher than that of the medium SP reach level if a notice effect with a high winning expectation level is involved. Further, the SP reach includes an advanced SP reach (SPSP reach) that develops from one SP reach to another SP reach. This "SPSP reach" belongs to the strong SP reach type with the highest winning expectation among the SP reach, but the SPSP reach has a higher winning expectation than a mere strong SP reach. Similar to SP reach, the SPSP reach type may be provided with different types of winning expectations such as weak, medium, and strong, or may be one type. In addition, SPSP reach includes "direct hit type SPSP reach" that suddenly develops into SPSP reach without going through SP reach. This direct hit type SPSP reach is defined so that the winning expectation is relatively higher than that of the normal SPSP reach via the SP reach. In addition, there is also a premium notice production mode (special variation pattern) such as "sudden alignment (sudden alignment)" in which the decorative symbol suddenly hits and stops and displays without reaching state, but such suddenness Matching is also treated as an aspect of reach production in the present specification. In the case of a sudden hit, as mentioned above, the hit symbol suddenly becomes a hit symbol without a reach state, or the N reach goes through, but stops at the hit symbol as it is without going through the higher reach such as SP reach and SPSP reach. The effect mode to be displayed is included.

(4-2-2. Pseudo-ream production (pseudo-ream))
The "pseudo-ream" refers to an effect mode accompanied by a pseudo continuous fluctuation display state (so-called "pseudo-variation") of a decorative pattern. This "pseudo-variation" is a display operation in which a part or all of the decorative symbol is temporarily stopped in the decorative symbol variation display game, and the decorative symbol re-variation display operation is executed from the temporarily stopped state. A variable display mode that is repeated once or multiple times. That is, the pseudo-ren is an effect mode in which the temporary stop state of the decorative symbol is sandwiched one or more times so that the variable display operation of the decorative symbol is executed a plurality of times in one symbol variation display game. Is. In this temporarily stopped state, for example, the decorative symbol is not completely stopped, but the decorative symbol is displayed vertically (or left and right) in small steps as a typical example. In this respect, it is different from the "look-ahead notice effect" described later, which can be developed over a plurality of symbol variation display games. Basically, the rate of occurrence of such "pseudo-ren" is set so that the higher the number of pseudo-variations, the higher the expectation of winning. For example, the higher the number of pseudo-variations, the higher the expectation of winning. Expectations for the occurrence of high-level notice effects (for example, SP reach) are increasing.

Therefore, in the case of a production scenario including a reach effect, the "pseudo-ream" is mainly generated in the stage before the reach state is formed (the stage before the reach effect), and for example, the reach effect may occur. Or, as a notice that a specific reach type may occur, one or more pseudo fluctuations are performed, and after this pseudo fluctuation is completed, the final game is performed via the reach state (reach effect). The result will be derived and displayed. In the case of an advanced reach effect such as SPSP reach, a pseudo-ream can be generated before reaching the final development destination SPSP reach. For example, "Pseudo-ren A-> N reach + Pseudo-ren B (pseudo-ren B is used as SP reach development fanning effect)-> SP reach + pseudo-ren C (pseudo-ren C is used as SPSP reach development fanning effect)-> SPSP reach ( Final result notification) ”and other effects.

(4-2-3. Player participation type production)
The "player participation type effect" is an effect mode that belongs to the so-called "button notice effect", and when a predetermined operation is performed on the operation means (effect button 13 and / or direction key 75), the operation content thereof. Based on the above, it is a notice production mode in which the content of the production can be changed. In the player participation type production, during the predetermined button validity period, an "operation instruction production" that instructs the operation means to perform a predetermined operation appears, and during the button validity period, the player operates the operation means. When the operation is performed, the effect currently appearing changes to another effect (effect during operation) based on the operation content. It is possible to announce the degree of expectation of winning according to the effect mode (effect content) before and after this operation. For example, a specific object display or character display changes according to a button operation, a special sound effect or light effect is generated, or a story-like effect scenario progresses (so-called conversation content in a conversation effect). Is progressing, etc.) is a typical example. In addition, the "promotion effect" regarding whether or not to promote to the hit type (here, the probabilistic pattern) of the content that is more profitable than the content suggested by the current changing effect for the player is also a player participation type effect. (Refer to the promotion effect of FIGS. 22 and 23, the symbol determination effect of FIG. 24, the symbol determination effect of FIG. 25, the time reduction number of times determination effect, etc., which will be described later). In addition, a player-participation-type production may appear during a hit game (mini-game, change-of-clothes production, music selection production, etc. described later).

(4-2-5. Pre-reading notice production)
The "look-ahead notice effect" is mainly for the hold display mode and time of the operation hold ball (undigested operation hold ball) that has not yet been used for the execution of the symbol change display game (special symbol change display operation). This is an effect mode in which the expected degree of winning of the operation-holding ball can be notified in advance by using the effect in the symbol variation display game that is executed first in series.

An outline of the screen display of the liquid crystal display device according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 5, including the pre-reading notice effect. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram provided for explaining the screen display of the liquid crystal display device 36 according to the present embodiment.

In a part of the screen of the liquid crystal display device 36 (in the figure, below the display area of the decorative symbol), a hold display area 76 for displaying the number of special pattern 1 operation hold balls and the number of special figure 2 operation hold balls are displayed. A hold display area 77 to be displayed is provided, and the presence or absence of the operation hold ball is indicated by a lighting state (with operation hold ball: “○ (white circle)” in the figure) or an off state (without operation hold ball:). Information on the current number of pending balls is notified by the dashed circle in the figure).

The display regarding the presence or absence of the operation holding ball (hereinafter referred to as "hold display") is sequentially displayed in the order of occurrence (winning order), and in each of the hold display areas 76 and 77, the leftmost operation hold ball is displayed. It is displayed as the earliest (that is, the oldest) activated holding ball on the time axis among all the activated holding balls in the hold display. In the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, hold display units a1 to d1 (icon images) composed of hold icons (icon images) provided in a part of the screen of the liquid crystal display device 36 in the same number (4 pieces) as the maximum number of hold storages (4). (Corresponding to the special symbol 1 side) and a2 to d2 (corresponding to the special symbol 2 side) are provided. Further, on the left side of the hold display areas 76 and 77, a changing display area 78 for showing the operation hold ball actually used in the special symbol change display game is provided. In the case of this embodiment, the changing display area 78 is configured so that an image in which the icon of the game execution hold K currently used for the game is placed appears on the icon of the seat J. That is, when the variable display of the special symbol 1 or the special symbol 2 is started, the oldest icon (icon image) of the hold a1 or a2 displayed in the hold display areas 76 and 77 is the hold K during game execution. As an icon, the icon is moved onto the icon of the seat J in the changing display area 78, and the state is maintained for a predetermined display time.

When an operation-holding ball is generated, as an effect control command, the look-ahead judgment information related to the jackpot lottery result and the number of operation-holding balls at the time of the look-ahead judgment (the number of existing operation-holding balls including the operation-holding ball generated this time) are input. A identifiable "hold addition command" is transmitted to the effect control unit 24 (see step S323 in FIG. 20 described later).

Specifically, the pre-reading determination information includes a jackpot lottery result (big hit lottery result at the start of fluctuation) executed when the operation holding ball is provided to the symbol variation display game in the main control unit 20, and fluctuations. This refers to game information related to the look-ahead fluctuation pattern obtained when the look-ahead fluctuation pattern at the start is determined. Therefore, this pre-reading determination information includes at least the pre-reading determination result (pre-reading winning result) information of the winning lottery result at the start of the fluctuation, and other information such as the pre-reading determination result (pre-reading symbol result) information of the symbol lottery result and the fluctuation start. The look-ahead determination result (look-ahead fluctuation pattern) information regarding the time fluctuation pattern can also be included. What kind of information is included in the hold addition command to be sent to the effect control unit 24 can be appropriately determined depending on what kind of notice content is to be notified. For example, the "look-ahead fluctuation pattern" obtained by the look-ahead determination when the operation-holding ball occurs does not necessarily have to be the "variation pattern at the start of fluctuation" obtained when the operation-holding ball is subjected to the fluctuation display operation. .. For example, in the case of a fluctuation pattern in which "N reach 1" is specified at the start of fluctuation, the content specified by the look-ahead fluctuation pattern is not the type of reach itself of "N reach 1", but the gist of it, "N reach". Species (N reach 1 or N reach 2) ”can be specified.

When the effect control unit 24 receives the hold addition command, based on the look-ahead determination information included in the hold addition command, the effect control process related to the "look-ahead notice effect" is performed as a part of the display control process related to the hold display. Specifically, based on the information included in the hold addition command, a look-ahead notice lottery is performed to draw a lottery as to whether or not the look-ahead notice effect can be executed. A look-ahead notice effect will be displayed according to the degree of expectation of winning. The winning probability of the pre-reading notice lottery is higher for the "big hit" than for the "missing", and for the reach type with a relatively high expectation of winning. Therefore, the degree of expectation of winning the winning type is indicated depending on whether or not the pre-reading notice effect occurs.

In this embodiment, when the look-ahead notice lottery is won, among the hold icons of the hold display units a1 to d1 and a2 to d2, the hold icon that is the target of the look-ahead notice is, for example, a normal hold display (normally). Pre-reading notice of "hold display change system" that changes from white of (hold display mode) to blue, green, red, D pattern, rainbow-colored special hold color or color hold display (special hold display mode) Directing (pending change notice) will be performed. FIG. 5 shows an example in which the hatched hold display unit b1 has changed to a special hold display. Here, the blue, green, red, D pattern, and rainbow-colored display of the hold icon means that the winning expectation is high in the order of this color, and in particular, the display of the rainbow-colored hold icon is confirmed as a big hit. ) It is a premium hold icon (notice of reservation) to be displayed. Therefore, this hold display unit functions as a hold display means for displaying the number of operation hold, but when executing the look-ahead notice effect, the hold display unit of the corresponding one of the hold display units a1 to d1 and a2 to d2. The hold display mode is changed to a predetermined look-ahead notice display mode (special hold display mode), which acts as a look-ahead notice control means for controlling the appearance of the look-ahead notice effect.

The existing operation hold balls are sequentially digested when the symbol variation display game is executed. At this time, in order to express that one operation-holding ball has been digested, the display position of the hold display unit corresponding to the existing operation-holding ball is moved forward (shifted to the left side in sequence), and the number of the display is reduced. Although control (shift display) is performed, the above-mentioned special hold display continues to be displayed continuously while changing the display position of the hold display during this period. Further, when the hold K during game execution is placed on the seat J, basically, the same display mode as the hold display mode in the hold display areas 76 and 77 is maintained, and the operation related to the current symbol variation display game is maintained. The pre-reading notice display mode for the reserved ball is notified to the player even during the game.

Further, in the small display area in the lower right corner of the liquid crystal screen shown in FIG. 5, a special symbol or a normal symbol is used as a display area for a sub-effect (sub-effect) different from the main effect such as a decorative symbol or a notice effect. A sub-display area 79 relating to the variable display operation of the above is provided. In the sub-display area 79, identification information about the number of operation suspensions related to the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2, and the normal symbol and the variable display state thereof is displayed in each of the six compartment areas shown in the figure. In the second reserved number display area (the three vertical division areas on the left side of the figure (upper left, middle left, lower left display area)), from the upper row, the number of reserved balls for operation (upper display area) and the special figure are shown. 2 The number of operation-holding balls (middle display area) and the number of normal-figure operation-holding balls (lower display area) are displayed.

In addition, in the three vertical division areas on the right side adjacent to the second reserved quantity display area, from the top, the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area (upper right column display area) and the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area ( The middle right display area) and the decorative symbol display area (lower right display area). In the display area of the special figure 1 4th symbol and the special drawing 2 4th symbol, the production symbols such as numbers, patterns, and characters are displayed as the production symbols different from the decorative symbols, and this production symbol is a special figure. It is also referred to as the "mini symbol" (fourth symbol) of FIG. 1 or special figure 2. Like the decorative symbol, this mini symbol (fourth symbol) identifiablely displays the variable display state of the special symbol, that is, the variable display and the stop display (including the distinction between jackpot and loss). Specifically, when the special figure is changing, the mini symbol is also changed and displayed in a predetermined display mode, and when the special figure is stopped and displayed, the mini symbol also reflects the big hit lottery result (at least the winning lottery result). The stop display is performed in the predetermined display mode. For example, "○" is displayed in the case of a big hit, and "x" is displayed in the case of a loss. Further, the display of the mini symbol may be a display mode related to the decorative symbol. For example, when the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed at "777" (big hit symbol) or "753" (missing symbol), the mini symbol can also be stopped and displayed at "777" or "753". Of course, it does not have to be the same display mode as the decorative stop symbol, and may be a display mode that is related to something. In addition, the mini symbol is designed to maintain its display even when the decorative symbol is hidden due to the advance notice effect, and is also used as a substitute symbol for the decorative symbol. Whether or not it is inside can be notified by a mini symbol.

Further, in the ordinary decorative symbol display area, the variable display state of the ordinary symbol in the ordinary symbol display device 39a is displayed by a dramatic symbol (ordinary decorative symbol). For example, when the normal map is in variable display, a circle is displayed blinking, "● (red circle)" is displayed when it is an auxiliary hit, and "○ (blue circle)" is displayed when it is lost. It has become like.

(4-2-6. Setting suggestion production)
Further, in the present embodiment, it is possible to appear an effect mode (setting suggestion effect) that suggests information regarding the above "set value". For example, it is a setting suggestion effect as shown in (a) to (shi) below.
(A) "Low setting suggestion effect" that suggests a low setting range (settings 1-3, 1-2, 2-3, etc.).
(S) "High setting suggestion effect" that suggests a high setting range (settings 4 to 6, 4 to 5, 5 to 6, etc.).
(G) "Even-numbered setting suggestion effect" that suggests even-numbered settings (settings 2, 4, and 6).
(Y) "Odd number setting suggestion effect" that suggests odd number settings (settings 1, 3, 5).
(M) A "specific setting confirmation effect" that deterministically notifies a specific setting value (any of settings 1 to 6 may be used). For example, "setting N confirmation effect" that deterministically notifies "setting N". However, it is not preferable to inform the internal set value deterministically. The reason is that anything that definitively suggests a low setting region, such as setting 1 and setting 2 confirmation, reduces the player's willingness to play. Therefore, it is preferable to definitively notify any one of the settings 4 to 6 in the high setting region. In particular, if a specific setting confirmation effect such as setting 5 confirmation or setting 6 confirmation appears, the player's willingness to play can be improved.
(M) A "specific setting denial effect" that deterministically notifies that the value is not a specific set value (any of settings 1 to 6 may be used).
(S) "Specific range suggestion effect" that suggests the set value of a specific range. For example, settings 3 to 5 (α ≤ set value ≤ β) are suggested, settings 4 or more (α ≤ set values) are suggested, and a plurality of specific values of "settings 1, 3, 5, 6" are suggested. .. In addition, the appearance rate is made different according to the set value, suggesting that the possibility of a certain set value is high / low, for example, it is difficult to appear in setting 1, moderately appears in setting 4, and easy to appear in setting 6. It is possible to do.

Such a setting suggestion effect may appear at a predetermined timing in the symbol variation display game, for example, in combination with or independently of the advance notice effect (for example, an item or character corresponding to the set value may appear). it can. Further, by determining the appearance rate of a specific advance notice effect according to the set value, the advance notice effect itself can function as a "setting suggestion effect". For example, by making the appearance rate of a specific SP reach, a specific number of pseudo-reams, a specific player participation type effect, a specific look-ahead advance notice effect, etc. different according to the set value, the advance notice effect itself is set and suggested. By making it function as, it is possible to give the player an inferring element of the set value. In addition, the setting suggestion effect can be displayed not only during the symbol variation display game, but also during a big hit game, a "demo start waiting effect" or a "customer waiting effect" waiting for the start of the game. The demonstration start waiting effect is a state in which the game is waiting until the customer waiting effect starts after the operation holding ball becomes zero, and the customer waiting effect is a predetermined time elapses after the operation holding ball becomes zero. A demo screen that appears later (for example, 180 seconds).

<4-3. Directing means ＞
Various effects in the game machine 1 are expressed by the effect means provided in the game machine. Such a directing means may be any stimulus transmitting means capable of exerting a directing effect by appealing to human perception such as sight, hearing, and touch, and is a light generating means (light directing means) such as a decorative lamp 45 or an LED device. ), Sound generators such as speakers 46 (sound effect means), effect display devices such as liquid crystal display device 36 (display means), pressurizing devices that transmit contact pressure to the operator's body, and apply wind pressure to the player's body. Typical examples are a wind pressure device, a vibration device that gives vibration to a player's body, and a movable body accessory that exerts a visual effect by its operation. Here, the effect display device is a display device that appeals to the visual sense like the image display device (image display means), but differs from the image display device in that it includes a display device that does not depend on an image (for example, a 7-segment display). When referred to as an image display device, it mainly refers to a type that displays an effect (image display effect) by displaying an image, and a device that displays an effect other than an image, such as a 7-segment display, is a concept of the above-mentioned effect display device. Included in.

<5. About hit>
Next, with reference to FIG. 4, the “hit” of the gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described.

(5-1. About hit type)
In the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, a plurality of types of winning types are provided as the types of winning for the big hit lottery target. There are various types of hits, but here, typically, "5R time saving A big hit", "5R time saving B big hit", "10R probability change big hit", "5R probability change big hit", "2R probability change big hit", etc. Handles multiple types of hits. These hits are hits (big hits) that belong to the "big hit type" that triggers the operation of the conditional device, and are different from hits (small hits) that belong to the "small hit type" that does not trigger the operation of the conditional device. Here, the "condition device" is a device whose operation is a condition necessary for the operation of the accessory continuous operation device (device for continuously operating the special electric accessory) for performing the round game, and is specific. A combination of special symbols is displayed, or the game ball operates when it passes through a specific area in the large winning opening (excluding the one that wins the large winning opening while the accessory continuous operation device is operating). In addition, the operation of the accessory continuous operation device is a condition for causing a state with electric support and a probability fluctuation.

In the present embodiment, the hit (small hit) belonging to the small hit type that does not trigger the operation of the conditional device is not dealt with, but a small hit may be provided for the hit type. If the small hit is won, the condition device does not operate, so the accessory continuous operation device does not operate. That is, although a round game such as a big hit is not executed, it is possible to control the opening / closing operation of the big winning opening in the same or very similar or completely different operation mode as the round game by a big hit to execute a "pseudo round game". is there. Further, the small hit is one of the hits for opening the large winning opening, but since the condition device does not operate, the accessory continuous operation device does not operate, and the transition control of the internal gaming state is not performed. Similar to the big hit, such a small hit is simply a "loss" in that it is a winning type that triggers a transition to a hit game (special game state) that involves opening and closing of the big winning opening. Is different in nature.

(5-2. About winning games)
About "5R time saving A big hit", "5R time saving B big hit", "10R probability change big hit", "5R probability change big hit", "2R probability change big hit", the crown notation of "5R", "10R", "2R" is a big hit Indicates the specified number of rounds (maximum number of rounds). In the present embodiment, the maximum opening time of the large winning opening 50 in one round game is set to '29,800 ms', which is the "long opening time". Here, the "long opening time" is defined as a time width in which there is a sufficient possibility that the number of winnings to the large winning opening will reach the maximum number of winnings (for example, 10) within that time. For a specific jackpot (for example, a 2R jackpot), the maximum opening time can be set to a "short opening time" (for example, about 100 ms to 1800 ms) shorter than the long opening time. Further, in the case of a specific jackpot, the maximum opening time in one or a plurality of specific round games can be set as the short opening time.

(Contents of big hit game)
The specific contents of the jackpot game are as follows. When the jackpot game is started, the jackpot start interval time (hereinafter referred to as "start INT") is started. This "start INT" is an interval section from the end of the symbol variation display game to the operation of the special variation winning device 52, and defines a section in which the opening effect (hereinafter referred to as "OP effect") is performed. Refers to the time width (the first production time before the first round game is performed). During the start INT, one or more effects (effect scenarios) are developed (the same applies to the end INT described later). After the above start INT has elapsed, the first round game is started, and thereafter, the round game is repeatedly executed until the maximum number of rounds is reached.

Here, the start timing of the jackpot game will be described in detail. In the special symbol variation display game according to the present embodiment, after the variation time of the special symbol elapses and the predetermined special symbol indicating the jackpot lottery result is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display devices 38a and 38b, the predetermined fixed display time When (for example, 500 ms) elapses, the special symbol variation display game ends. This "fixed display time" is a time (fixed display time) for holding the stop display when the variable display of the special symbol is completed and the special symbol is stopped and displayed. Further, when the fluctuation time of the special symbol elapses, the main control unit 20 transmits a “variation stop command” to the effect control unit 24. By this fluctuation stop command, the effect control unit 24 grasps that the special symbol fluctuation display game has ended after the fluctuation time of the special symbol has elapsed, and the decorative symbol currently being variablely displayed is stopped and displayed (confirmed display). The effect processing related to the end of the symbol variation display game is performed. As a result, the decorative symbol variation display game ends at the same time as the special symbol variation display game ends. Then, after the symbol variation display game is completed, that is, after the confirmed display period (confirmed display time) has elapsed, if the game result of the symbol variation display game is "big hit", the jackpot game is started. , The elapsed time of the start INT time is counted, and when the start INT time elapses, the first (1R) round game is started. Further, with the start of the big hit game (start of the start INT), the main control unit 20 transmits a "big hit start command" to the effect control unit 24. This "big hit start command" includes information that can identify the current big hit type and the game state at the time of winning the big hit. When the effect control unit 24 receives the jackpot start command, it grasps that the jackpot game has started, and determines a series of hit hit effects (corresponding hit hit effect scenarios for each jackpot type) developed during the jackpot game. After that, the appearance control of the production (OP production, in-round production, inter-round production, ED production, etc.) according to the progress of the jackpot game is performed.

After the round game is started and the large winning opening 50 is opened, whether the maximum opening time of the large winning opening has passed or the number of game balls won in the large winning opening reaches the maximum winning number. If either of the conditions is met, the open large winning opening will be closed and the round game will end. At this time, if the current number of rounds has not reached the maximum number of rounds (current number of Rs ≠ maximum number of Rs), a predetermined interval time (hereinafter referred to as "R-to-R INT") is started, and this R-to-R INT is started. After that, the next round game is started. Further, with the start of the round game, the main control unit 20 transmits a "large winning opening opening command" to the effect control unit 24. This "large winning opening opening command" includes information on the start of the round game and information on the current number of rounds. When the effect control unit 24 receives the command to open the large winning opening, it grasps that the round game has started, and displays the effect during the round corresponding to the number of rounds. Further, when the round game is completed, the main control unit 20 transmits an "inter-round interval command" to the effect control unit 24. This "inter-round interval command" includes round game end information (R-to-R INT start information) and information on the number of rounds that have ended this time. When the effect control unit 24 receives the inter-round interval command, it grasps that the current round game has ended, and controls the appearance of the inter-round effect corresponding to the number of rounds.

The "inter-R INT" includes at least a "residual ball discharge time". In the case of the present embodiment, this "remaining ball discharge time (for example, 2980 ms)" and the "pre-opening interval time (for example, 20 ms)" from the elapse of the remaining ball discharge time to the start of the next round game. (In this embodiment, the R-to-R INT is 3000 ms). The above-mentioned "remaining ball discharge time" is a margin time for discharging the remaining balls inside the large winning opening after the large winning opening is closed, and as the time width, the prize is won immediately before the large winning opening is closed. Sufficient time is secured for the game ball to pass through the winning detection switch (large winning opening sensor 52a) formed inside the large winning opening. The "pre-opening interval time" is defined as the time remaining after the remaining ball ejection time has elapsed and the remaining balls in the winning opening are considered to have been ejected, until the large winning opening in the next round game is opened. Refers to the time width that defines the interval interval of. Even if the large winning opening sensor 52a detects a game ball during the pre-opening interval time, the game ball is regarded as an illegal winning due to fraudulent activity, and the winning is treated as invalid. Due to the existence of the interval time before opening, the detection state (fraudulent activity against the large winning opening) such as the large winning opening sensor 52a being turned on for a long time is detected, and the illegal activity against the large winning opening is effectively prevented. Can be done.

Then, when the round game of the final round (maximum round) is completed, the jackpot end interval time (hereinafter referred to as "end INT") is started with the R-to-R INT related to the final round in between. This "end INT" is an interval section from the elapse of the R-to-R INT related to the final round to the end of the jackpot game, and defines a section in which the ending effect (hereinafter referred to as "ED effect") is performed. Refers to the time width. With the passage of this end INT, a series of jackpot games will be completed. Further, with the start of the end INT, the main control unit 20 transmits a "big hit end command" to the effect control unit 24. This "big hit end command" includes information that can identify the final round end information and the game state (transition destination game state) after the big hit game ends. When the effect control unit 24 receives the jackpot end command, it grasps that the round game of the final round has been completed, controls the appearance of the ED effect, and sets the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game to the transition destination game state. Controls the transition to the production mode corresponding to. In this way, the production control unit 24 side grasps the progress of the big hit game by various commands (big hit start command, big winning opening opening command, inter-round interval command, big hit end command, etc.) sent during the big hit game. However, it is possible to bring out an appropriate production.

The maximum number of rounds and the maximum opening time can be set as appropriate. In any case, the profit status during the big hit game (the number of balls to be played (the average number of balls to be played during one big hit game)) becomes higher as the maximum number of rounds is relatively larger. The longer the maximum opening time is, the higher the maximum opening time. In the case of this embodiment, when paying attention only to the number of balls to be ejected during the jackpot game, the advantage (profit degree) is "2R probability variation jackpot <5R time reduction A jackpot, 5R time reduction B jackpot, 5R probability variation jackpot <10R probability variation jackpot. However, in reality, it is preferable to determine the above-mentioned advantage in consideration of various factors such as the game state and the symbol lottery rate that are transferred after the end of the winning game described later (this will be described later). To do). In addition, the time width of the start INT and / or the end INT may differ depending on the hit type. Further, even if the hit type is the same, the start INT and / or the end INT may be different depending on the game state at the time of winning (see FIGS. 6 to 12, 15 to 18, etc. described later). Further, in the present invention, the R-to-R INT (3000 ms) is the same regardless of the hit type, but the R-to INT may be different in at least a part of the hit type (for example, only the 2R probability variation jackpot is the R-to INT. Is 2750 ms, etc.). Further, in at least a part of the hit types, the INT between Rs may be different between one or a plurality of specific rounds and other rounds (for example, in a 10R probability variation jackpot, only the 5R may be 2500 ms, or 5 to 6R. For example, set it to 2500m with your eyes).

(5-3. About the transition destination game state after the hit game)
Next, with reference to FIG. 4, a game state that is transferred after the end of the winning game will be described. In the column of the game state at the time of winning in FIG. 4, the relationship between the game state at the time of winning and the game state transferred to the winning game is shown according to the winning type. In the present embodiment, when a jackpot is won, the gaming state after the jackpot game is completed is determined according to the jackpot type and the gaming state at the time of winning.

When the "2R probability variation jackpot", "5R probability variation jackpot", and "10R probability variation jackpot" are won, they are shifted to the "probability variation state (probability variation)" regardless of the game state at the time of winning. These jackpots are referred to as "probability variation jackpots" in that they trigger a transition to the probability variation state. When the game shifts to this "probability change state", the number of times the special symbol variation display game is executed (the number of changes in the special symbol) is continued until the predetermined number of times is completed, and a big hit (however, the specified number of times) is reached. When the special symbol variation display game ends without winning (excluding small hits that do not trigger the transition to the internal gaming state), the game is shifted to the normal state from the next game. In the case of the present embodiment, the total number of executions of the special symbol variation display games 1 and 2 (total number of executions of the special symbol variation display games 1 and 2) is counted as the number of executions of the special symbol variation display game (about the time saving state described later). The same applies).

In the present embodiment, after shifting to a game state (probability variation state or latent probability state) in which the jackpot lottery probability is at least high, if the special symbol variation display game is completed a predetermined number of times without winning the jackpot, the high It is an "ST type (number-cut probability change machine)" that ends the probability and shifts the jackpot lottery probability to a low probability. Hereinafter, the specified number of times of the special symbol variation display game (number of fluctuations of the special symbol) in which this high probability state is continued is referred to as "ST number of times" as needed.

In the present embodiment, "65536 times" is set as the number of STs. This number of STs is almost certainly in a probable state (for example, the jackpot probability in high probability is 1/41 to 1/32 in settings 1 to 6) until the next jackpot is won (for example, the jackpot probability in high probability is 1/41 to 1/32). It is the number of times that the high probability state) can be continued. It should be noted that the configuration may be such that the probability variation state is continued 100% until the next big hit (for example, the number of STs is infinite or the number of STs itself is not provided) (general probability variation type). In addition, in order to set the continuation rate of the probabilistic change state to an appropriate consecutive villa rate (for example, the symbol lottery rate of the probable change jackpot 65%), the number of STs is set to an appropriate value (for example, the number of STs = 33 to 35 times). It may be set.

Further, when the "5R time saving A big hit" or the "5R time saving B big hit" is won, the state is shifted to the "time saving state (time saving)" regardless of the game state at the time of winning. These jackpots are referred to as "time-saving jackpots" in that they trigger a transition to a time-saving state. When the game is shifted to the "time saving state", the number of times the special symbol variation display game is executed (the number of times the special symbol changes) is continued until the predetermined number of times (hereinafter referred to as "time saving number") is completed. When the special symbol variation display game ends without winning a big hit (excluding a small hit that does not trigger the transition of the internal gaming state) within that time reduction, the game will shift to the normal state from the next game. There is.

In the present embodiment, in the case of a 5R time saving A big hit, it shifts to "time saving A", and in the case of a 5R time saving B big hit, it shifts to "time saving B". Both "time saving A" and "time saving B" belong to "time saving state (time saving)", but the end conditions of the time saving state are different from each other, and they are shifted to "time saving A". In that case, the number of time reductions is set to 100, and in the case of shifting to "time reduction B", the number of time reductions is set to 50 times. It should be noted that it is possible to appropriately determine which number of time reductions should be set. Further, in the big hit, after shifting to the probability change state after the big hit game, when the predetermined number of STs (for example, 50 times) is completed, only the high probability state is ended (the special figure probability change function is turned off). A special jackpot that shifts the gaming state to a "low probability state + a state with electric support", that is, a "time saving state (for example, 50 times of time saving)" can be provided (quasi-ST type). This jackpot is a jackpot that gives "50 STs + 50 time reductions", but it is treated as belonging to the probability variation jackpot in that it first shifts to the probability variation state.

<6. Restrictions on ball ejection performance>
By the way, in recent years, in order to moderately suppress the agitation of gambling, regulations have been set on the ball ejection performance of gaming machines by legal request. For example, the ball ejection rate (safe ball / out ball) in the short-term test (1 hour) related to the above type test is limited from the upper limit ball ejection rate "300% (old standard)" to "220% (new standard)". (Rules for certification of gaming machines and certification of types, etc. Appendix 4 Technical standards for pachinko gaming machines (related to Article 6) (1) Standards for performance (c), etc.). This regulation has a great influence on the ball ejection performance, especially the ball ejection performance at the time of consecutive villas, and if this regulation is observed, the "ball ejection performance" of the ball ejection can be reduced to about 2/3 of the conventional ball ejection performance. Specifically, if the firing time is 1 hour, the number of out balls is 6000 (the launching performance of the launching device 32 is 100 shots / minute x 60 minutes = 6000 shots), and according to the old standard, the upper limit ball ejection rate is "300". % ”, So safe balls can be allowed up to 18,000 shots per hour (6000 shots x 300% = 18,000 shots / h). However, since the upper limit ball ejection rate is limited to "220%" under the new standard, the upper limit of safe balls will be reduced to 13200 shots per hour (6000 shots x 220% = 13200 shots / h). Especially in the time saving state and the probable change state, it will be under the high base state (under the state with electric support), so if the big hit is excessively consecutive, the upper limit ball output rate 220% (13,200 shots) will easily be exceeded. It will be non-conforming in the type test. For example, when the base value under the state with electric support is 70 (BA70), the number of safe balls in the open game is 4200 (BA70 × 100 / min × 60 minutes = 4200) in one hour. Therefore, under the old standard, it is possible to pay out "13,800 shots" of "18,000 shots-4200 shots" by a jackpot game, but under the new standard, "9000 shots" of "13200 shots-4200 shots". You can only pay out. Therefore, under the above regulations, it is required to devise a device to control the ball ejection performance related to the big hit so that the ball ejection performance can be easily passed (conformity) without impairing the ball ejection feeling as much as possible.

It is a big hit that the number of balls to be released increases significantly in a short period of time. Therefore, in order to pass the type test, the number of wasted balls during the big hit is increased to reduce the ball ejection speed. Specifically, at least the big winning opening closing period (start INT, R-to-R INT, and end INT). If one INT) is used for a longer period than before, even if a big hit is repeated, the increase in the base value can be suppressed and it becomes difficult to exceed the legal regulation value, and the conformity rate of the type test increases. However, if the INT period is set to a long time in the dark clouds, for example, the interval time such as the start INT is set to a time scale many times longer than before, the player feels that the player is delayed (for example, even though it is a big hit. Boredom, malaise, and discomfort) can cause stress and distrust of the game itself. Therefore, it is necessary to consider the following points (1) and (2).
(1) Rather than making the jackpot game period a long time in the dark clouds, the relationship of the advantage of each jackpot (advantage is) in consideration of the influence on the ball ejection performance and the impact on the ball ejection feeling due to the ball ejection speed. It is important to determine an appropriate jackpot game period in consideration of the relationship between the relatively high jackpot and the relatively low advantage jackpot).
(2) Further, when the jackpot game period is extended more than before, it is important to devise the production related to the jackpot game so that the player does not feel the extension.
In view of such a problem, it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that makes it easy to conform to a type test and prevents the jackpot gaming period from becoming monotonous. For example, the present invention provides a gaming machine capable of increasing the conformity rate for a type test and preventing a player from feeling bored or delayed even if the jackpot game period is long.

<7. Specific Example 1 to Specific Example 5>
The jackpot game period and the effect during the jackpot game (during the hit effect) according to the first embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 6 to 21. 6 to 21 are diagrams used for explaining Specific Examples 1 to 5 according to the first embodiment. Hereinafter, specific examples 1 to 5 of the first embodiment will be abbreviated as "this example 1, this example 2, ... this example 5".

(Specific Example 1: FIGS. 6 to 12)
First, a specific example 1 (this example 1) will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 12. FIG. 6 shows the relationship between the jackpot type of this example 1, the time scale of each INT, and the advantage between each jackpot, and FIGS. 7 to 12 show the jackpot game of each jackpot of this example 1. It is explanatory drawing used for the explanation of the period and the hitting production.

FIG. 6A shows the jackpot type of Example 1. In this example 1, as shown in FIG. 6 (A), "5R time saving A big hit (time reduction number of times 100 times)" and "5R probability variation big hit" are provided as the big hit type on the special figure 1 side, and the big hit on the special figure 2 side. As the type, "5R time saving A big hit (time saving number of times 100 times)" and "10R probability variation big hit" are provided. FIG. 6B is an INT table summarizing each interval time for the jackpot type according to Example 1. The illustrated INT table shows the "total INT" which is the sum of the interval times of the start INT, the R interval INT, and the end INT for each game state at the time of winning when each jackpot is won. In addition, the "Category name" column indicates the identification name of each jackpot given for convenience of explanation (see FIGS. 13A to 13D described later), and "α, β" described in the crown are on the special figure 1 side, respectively. , The special figure 2 side is shown, and the notation of "N, S, F" indicates the winning during the normal, the winning during the time saving, and the winning during the probability change, respectively.

First, the contents of the big hit game related to each big hit according to the specific example 1 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 6 to 12. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, "5R time saving A jackpot" on the special figure 1 side is "5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side", and "5R probability variation jackpot" on the special figure 1 side is "5R probability variation on the special figure 1 side". , "5R time saving A big hit" on the special figure 2 side is abbreviated as "special figure 2 side 5R time saving A", and "10R probability change big hit" on the special figure 2 side is abbreviated as "special figure 2 side 10R probability change". Further, if necessary, the normal state is abbreviated as "normal", the time saving state is abbreviated as "time saving", and the probabilistic state is abbreviated as "probability change".

(About "first hit" and "hit in the consecutive villas")
First, in order to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, the hits in the consecutive villas and the first hits will be described. The "first hit" generally means a big hit that triggers a consecutive villa (a trigger for transition to a state with electric support or a trigger for a latent transition), in other words, a jackpot that is won during the normal state. In the case of this embodiment, since it is advantageous to hit left in the normal state (in the state without electric power support), if the player is playing correctly, the upper start opening 34 is usually won and the special figure 1 side is special. The symbol variation display game 1 is executed. Therefore, when it is referred to as "first hit", it is basically a big hit on the special figure 1 side ("special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 1 side 5R probability variation"). However, even if the player is playing correctly, the special symbol variation display game 2 on the special figure 2 side is executed during the normal state, and the big hit on the special figure 2 side ("special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 2 side" There may be an "irregular winning (first irregular winning)" in which the "10R probability variation on the 2nd side") is won. For example, during the time saving state, the ball is placed under the state of having electric support, and many game balls win a prize in the lower start opening 35, and the special figure 2 operation holding ball is frequently generated. Therefore, at the end of the time saving state (in the case of the time saving A, at the end of the 100th rotation of the symbol variation), the special figure 2 operation holding ball often remains. In this case, the remaining special figure 2 operation holding ball will be digested in the normal state after the time saving state. Therefore, the above-mentioned "irregular winning" in which the big hit on the special figure 2 side is won during the normal state may occur. In this case, the "first hit" is either "Special Figure 2 side 5R time reduction A" or "Special Figure 2 side 10R probability change", but this case is an irregular case, so it is an exception. As a general rule, it may be excluded from the first hit. In addition, there are the following cases for irregular winning.

If the player inadvertently or intentionally hits the right side during the normal state, the normal electric opening game is accidentally executed and the game ball wins the lower starting port 35, which is special on the special figure 2 side. This is a case where the symbol variation display game 2 is executed and the big hit on the special figure 2 side is won (second irregular winning). In this case as well, the "first hit" is an irregular case in which the big hit on the special figure 2 side is either "special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 2 side 10R probability variation". When referred to as "first hit" in the present specification, as a general rule, it is referred to as a big hit on the special figure 1 side (in the case of this example 1, "special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 1 side 5R probability change"). explain.

In addition, when the term "hit in the consecutive villas" is used, it means a big hit that is won in a state with electric support (high base state) such as in a time saving state or a probable change state. In the case of this embodiment, since it is advantageous to hit right while there is electric support, if the player is playing correctly, he or she usually wins the lower start opening 35 and the special symbol variation display game 2 on the special figure 1 side. Will be executed. Therefore, when it is called "hit in the consecutive villas", it is basically a big hit on the special figure 2 side (in the case of this example 1, "special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 2 side 10R probability change"). Is. However, immediately after the end of the big hit game due to the first hit, that is, immediately after shifting to the time saving state or the probabilistic state, there is a possibility that the special figure 1 operation holding ball remains, but the special figure 2 operation holding ball is "zero". Very likely. Therefore, even in the state with electric support (during the time saving state or the probable change state), the remaining special figure 1 operation holding ball is digested until the special figure 2 operation holding ball is generated, and the special figure 2 operation holding ball is generated. The special symbol variation display game 1 on the 1st side is executed. For this reason, there may be an "irregular winning (third irregular winning)" in which the big hit on the special figure 1 side is won while there is electric support. Also, if the player inadvertently or intentionally hits the left while there is electric support, the special symbol variation display game 1 on the special figure 1 side can be executed, so the same irregular winning (third) Irregular winning) is possible. However, in this specification, irregular winnings on the special figure 1 side that occur while there is electric support are excluded from "hits in the consecutive villas" unless otherwise required. Therefore, in the case of the present embodiment, the target of the hit in the consecutive villas (the jackpot for the consecutive villas) is exclusively the jackpot on the special figure 2 side.

For the number of hits during the consecutive villas, the so-called "number of consecutive villas", the number of winnings including the first hit is counted. For example, in the case where the first hit is the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A and the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is won during the time saving state after the big hit game, the number of consecutive villas is set to "2 times (first hit + time saving)". It counts as "1 middle prize)". The number of times excluding the first hit may be counted as the "number of consecutive villas". In this case, only the big hits won during the time saving state or the probable change state are counted as the number of consecutive villas.

(7-1. About "5R time saving A big hit" on the special figure 1 side: Fig. 6, Fig. 7)
With reference to FIGS. 6 and 7, first, a jackpot game when the “special figure 1 side 5R time saving A” is won will be described.

As shown in FIG. 7, the jackpot game period related to "Special Figure 1 Side 5R Time Reduction A" is the start INT of "total 15000 ms" including OP sections 1 to OP section 4, and the maximum opening time related to round game is 29,800 ms. It is composed of a round game period of 1R to 5R, an R interval INT of 3000 ms after each round game (15000 ms in total), and an end INT of “43000 ms in total” including ED section 1 to ED section 8. ..

The jackpot game period when "Special Figure 1 side 5R time reduction A" is won is the same regardless of the game state at the time of winning (in this example, normal, time reduction, or probability change). There is no change in the interval time (start INT, R interval INT, end INT) of each game section and the total interval time (total INT) regardless of whether the game is won during normal, time saving, or probabilistic change. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6 (B).
-Start INT "15000 ms" + R-to-R INT "15000 ms" + End INT "43000 ms" = Total INT "73000 ms".

In the present embodiment (first embodiment (this example 1 to this example 5)), a configuration in which the end INT is set to a long time (for example, about 40 seconds to 100 seconds) is mainly dealt with. The configuration in which the start INT is set to a long time (for example, about 40 to 100 seconds) will be described later with reference to FIGS. 22 to 25 (Each Example 1 to 4) according to the second embodiment.

(7-1-1. About the hitting production related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side)
Next, the hitting effect related to the big hit game period of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A will be described. This hit-in-time production mainly uses the OP effect using the start INT at the start of the big hit, the "round-time effect" using the round game, the "round-to-round effect" using the R-to-R interval INT, and the end INT. It consists of ED production. The main control unit 20 side controls each interval period, and the effect control unit 24 side shows each period of the hitting effect (each OP section, each round effect / round end effect section, each ED effect). Control the effect to be produced (the same applies to the second embodiment).

In the hit-and-middle production of Example 1, a "story-style" story-like production having a narrative relevance is developed through all or part of the OP production to the ED production. In this embodiment, as this story-like production, a "battle production (naval battle production)" that expresses how the own ship (hero character) and the enemy ship (enemy character) engage in a naval battle is adopted. In this battle production (naval battle production), the jackpot won this time is kept secret in the production until the final production result is derived and displayed. It is possible to entertain the player by giving a guessing element for guessing whether or not the jackpot was won. In the case of this example 1, it is possible to conceal whether the big hit won this time is the winning of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A or the winning of the special figure 1 side 5R probability change. For this reason, a combination of common decorative symbols (common decoration stop symbol) is used in both the symbol variation display game when the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A is won and the symbol variation display game when the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is won. For example, in the "matching of even numbers such as 222, 444, 666, and 888 (hereinafter referred to as" chance symbols ")", the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed, and which jackpot is won is notified in the symbol variation display game. Therefore, when the "chance symbol" is stopped and displayed, the jackpot won this time is "special figure 1 side 5R time saving A" or "special figure" until the production result of the above battle effect is derived and displayed. Whether it is "1 side 5R probability change" is kept secret from the production. However, when the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is won, the "chance symbol" is not 100% stopped and displayed, and the "chance symbol" or the "probability variation symbol" may be stopped and displayed with a predetermined probability. This "probability variation symbol" deterministically notifies the probability variation jackpot, and is, for example, an odd number of symbols such as 111, 333, 555, and 777. Which of the symbols 1 to 9 is finally stopped is determined by a predetermined lottery (decoration stop symbol lottery) based on the winning jackpot type.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 related to 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side)
As described above, the start INT related to the 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side is divided into four OP sections, and an effect corresponding to each OP section (OP effect) appears. For example, the following production.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to congratulate the winner.
OP section 2: "Title production" indicating the start of battle production (naval battle production).
OP section 3: "Confrontation production" in which the own ship and the enemy ship confront each other.
OP section 4: "Right-handed suggestion effect" that encourages right-handedness (launch guidance notification effect). Here, in order to notify the player that the 1R round game is about to start, a launch guidance notification for instructing a right-handed strike is performed.
It should be noted that these OP effects are mainly expressed using image display effects, sound effects, and light effects, and are flashy effects such that movable objects operate (for example, 10R probability variation on the special figure 2 side described later). At the time of winning (“flashy production” as in FIGS. 11 and 12), it does not appear.

(Round game section related to 5R time saving A on the 1st side of special figure, INT section between R)
A naval battle production appears during the round game and during the R-to-R INT. As the production scenario of the naval battle production, a plurality of types of naval battle production scenarios A to C having different production contents are prepared. Which production scenario is selected is determined based on the jackpot type won this time. Specifically, when the selection rate of the naval battle production scenarios A, B, and C is 45%, 30%, and 25% when the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A, and when the special figure 1 side 5R probability change, for example, , For example, 20%, 35%, 45%). Therefore, in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the scenario A is easy to be selected, and in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation, the scenario C is easy to be selected, that is, any of the naval battle production scenarios A to C. The degree of expectation of winning the 5R probability variation jackpot differs depending on whether it appears. The player can enjoy the jackpot game while guessing the jackpot type won this time depending on which of the naval battle production scenarios A to C appears.

(ED section 1 to ED section 8 related to 5R time reduction A on the special figure 1 side)
The end INT related to the 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side is divided into eight ED sections, and an effect corresponding to each ED section (ED effect) appears. For example, the following production.
ED section 1 to ED section 2: "Final decisive battle production" that incites the result of the above naval battle production before the production. Here, a production (a production according to a naval battle production scenario) that incites which of the own ship (hero character) and the enemy ship (enemy character) wins is developed.
ED section 3-4: "Result production" that notifies the result of the above naval battle production. In the result production, a "defeat production" appears when the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A is won, and a "victory production" appears when the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is won. Here, since the case where the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A is elected is dealt with, as a result of the naval battle production, the fact that the own ship was wrecked by the attack of the enemy ship and the main character side was "defeated". A "defeat production" to inform will appear. By this "defeat production", the player knows that the big hit this time was "Special Figure 1 side 5R time saving A". The details of the "victory production" will be described later.
ED section 5: "Battle production end production" that notifies the end of the naval battle production. Here, for example, the characters "defeat ..." are displayed. This ends a series of naval battle productions.
ED section 6: "Transition destination game state suggestion production". Here, an effect (indicative effect of shifting to the time-saving effect mode) that notifies that the game state after the big hit game is shifted to the time-saving state (if the effect mode is focused, the state is shifted to the time-saving effect mode) appears. Will be done. It should be noted that the above-mentioned "transition destination game state suggestion effect" (transition destination game state suggestion effect related to time saving state transition, transition destination game state suggestion effect related to probabilistic state transition described later) can be executed in any section of the end INT. However, when the battle effect is executed as in the present embodiment, it is preferable to display the transition destination game state suggestion effect at least after the above result effect. This is because if the transition destination game state suggestion effect is displayed before the result effect, the significance of the result effect is lost.
ED section 7: "Caution production". Here, an effect for notifying information that calls attention such as prevention of immersiveness and forgetting to remove the card appears. It should be noted that, at least for the jackpot that executes the "attention-calling effect", the above-mentioned "transition destination game state suggestion effect" and "attention-calling effect" are duplicated, that is, these effects are duplicated in the same effect section. It may appear in a targeted (simultaneous) manner.
ED section 8: "Time saving transition standby screen". Here, a standby screen waiting for the start of the symbol variation display game in the time saving effect mode is displayed. Then, when the end INT has elapsed, a series of jackpot games related to the special figure 1 side time saving A jackpot will be terminated.

(7-2. About "5R probability variation jackpot" on the special figure 1 side: Fig. 6, Fig. 8)
Next, with reference to FIGS. 6 and 8, a jackpot game in the case of winning the “special figure 1 side 5R probability variation” will be described. The contents substantially the same as the above-mentioned special figure 1 side 5R time saving A jackpot will be described while being omitted as appropriate in order to avoid duplicate description.

When the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is won, as described above, the decorative symbol may be a chance symbol or the probability variation symbol may be stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display game at the time of winning. When the decorative symbol is stopped at the chance symbol, the jackpot game is shown in FIG. 8 (a), and when the decorative symbol is stopped at the probabilistic symbol, the jackpot game is shown in FIG. 8 (b). As shown in the figure, in each case, the time widths of the start INT, the round game (maximum opening time), the R-to-R INT, and the end INT do not change, and only the production content of the hitting effect is different. Hereinafter, the case where the decorative symbol is stopped at the chance symbol (FIG. 8 (a)) and the case where the decorative symbol is stopped at the probabilistic symbol (FIG. 8 (b)) will be described separately.

(7-2-1. Big hit game period when the chance symbol is stopped: Fig. 8 (a))
With reference to FIG. 8 (a), the jackpot game period when the chance symbol is stopped includes the start INT of “total 15000 ms” including OP sections 1 to OP section 4 and the round game period of 1R to 5R (maximum opening time 29,800 ms). ), A 3000 ms R-to-R INT after each round game (15000 ms in total), and a “48,000 ms” end INT including the ED sections 1 to 9 are included.

The jackpot game period at the time of this chance symbol is the same regardless of the game state at the time of winning, and the interval time of each game section and its There is no change in the total interval time. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6 (B).
-Start INT "15000 ms" + R-to-R INT "15000 ms" + End INT "48000 ms" = Total INT "78000 ms".

As can be seen from FIG. 6B, the start INT, the round game period, and the time width between Rs when the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is won are the same as in the case of "special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A". Therefore, only the time width of the end INT is different. Specifically, the end INT of the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is 5000 ms longer than the end INT (43000 ms) of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A.

(7-2-1A. About the production related to each game period when the chance symbol is stopped)
Next, the hitting effect when the chance symbol is stopped will be described. If it stops at the chance symbol, the naval battle production will appear as in the above special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the jackpot type won this time will be concealed, and the probability variation jackpot will be derived until the production result of the naval battle production is derived. It is a production content that fuels the expectation of. The hitting effect that is developed when stopped at the chance pattern is basically the same as the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A already explained, and the effect content of the end INT (especially the result effect of the naval battle effect) ) Is different. In the case of the hit-and-play effect when the chance symbol is stopped, as already explained, the naval battle effect scenario A is difficult to select and the scenario C is easy to select. Therefore, when the naval battle effect scenario C appears, Expectations for winning a big hit will increase. In the following, in order to avoid duplicate description, the production contents of the end INT different from the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A will be described.

(ED section 1 to ED section 9 when the chance symbol is stopped)
As shown in the figure, the end INT related to the chance symbol stop is divided into nine ED sections, and an effect corresponding to each ED section (ED effect) appears. For example, the following production.
ED section 1-2: "Final decisive battle production" that incites before the production as a result of the above naval battle production. Here, unlike the case of 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side, a production that incites which of the own ship (hero character) and the enemy ship (enemy character) wins (production according to the naval battle production scenario) is developed. .. The content of the effect up to the ED section 3 is substantially the same as that of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A.
ED section 3-4: "Result production" showing the result of the above naval battle production. Here, since the case where the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is won is dealt with, as a result of the naval battle production, the enemy ship is sunk by the attack of the own ship, and the hero character side is notified that "victory" is "victory production". "Appears. By this "victory production", the player knows that this big hit was a 5R probability change on the special figure 1 side. As a result effect, the same "defeat effect" as the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A may appear once, and then the "revival effect" in which the main character side "wins" may appear. In this revival production, the reinforcements of allies appear and defeat the enemy ship to win the game in reverse. This revival effect appears with a predetermined probability, and is most likely to appear in the case of "naval battle effect scenario A", which is easy to be selected in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, for example. Therefore, even if the naval battle production scenario A appears and the "defeat production" appears in the result production, that is, even if the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A winning is in a rich state, the revival performance will appear. Because of the high degree of expectation, the expectation of winning the 5R probability change on the special figure 1 side has been maintained.
ED section 5: "Battle production end production" that notifies the end of the naval battle production. Here, for example, the characters "victory !!" are displayed. This ends the series of naval battle productions.
ED section 6: "Transition destination game state suggestion production". Here, an effect (probability change effect mode transition suggestion effect) that notifies the state of transition to the probability change state (if the effect mode is focused, the state of transition to the probability change effect mode) appears.
ED section 7: "Caution production". Here, a production that calls attention such as prevention of immersiveness and forgetting to remove the card appears.
ED section 8: "Manufacturer logo production". Here, an advertising-like effect appears, such as displaying the manufacturer's logo. This maker logo production will not appear when the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A is won.
ED section 9: "Probability change transition standby screen". Here, a standby screen waiting for the start of the symbol variation display game in the probability variation effect mode is displayed.

When the end INT has passed as described above, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 1 side 5R probability change (when the chance symbol is stopped) will be completed.

(7-2-2. Big hit game period when the probability variation symbol is stopped; Fig. 8 (b))
Next, the jackpot game period when the probability variation symbol is stopped will be described. As shown in FIG. 8 (b), the jackpot game period related to the probability variation symbol stop differs only in that the start INT is composed of OP section 1 to OP section 3, and the other points are the jackpot game related to the chance symbol stop. Same as the period. However, the hit-and-play effect is very different.

(7-2-1B. About the production related to each game period when the probability variation symbol is stopped)
In the hitting effect when the probability variation symbol is stopped, the probability variation symbol is already stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display game at the time of winning, so that the winning of the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is definitely notified. Therefore, here, instead of a naval battle production that can conceal the winning jackpot type, a "blessing production for 5R probability change winning" (OP section 1 to OP section 3) that congratulates the winning of the special figure 1 side 5R probability change appears. It is supposed to be done.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 when the probability variation symbol is stopped)
As described above, the start INT is divided into three OP sections, and for example, the following effects appear.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to congratulate the probable change winning. Here, for example, "probability change jackpot!" Is displayed.
OP section 2: "Music selection production" that allows you to select BGM. Here, a music selection effect for allowing the player to select a favorite BGM from a plurality of types of BGM1 to BGM3 appears. This music selection effect is an aspect of a player-participation type effect in which operation means such as the direction key 75 is used. Specifically, the player can select the BGM type displayed on the liquid crystal screen by operating the direction key 75, and when the selectable period expires, the selected BGM type is automatically determined. It has become so. The selectable period is 6000 ms, which is the production time width of the OP section 2.
OP section 3: A "music decision production" for notifying the determined music (BGM name) and a "right-handed suggestion production" appear.

(Round game section when the probability variation symbol is stopped, INT section between Rs)
During the round game and the R-to-R INT, the BGM determined by the player in the above music selection production is played, and the "character" that displays the explanation and introduction of the characters (warships, weapons, etc.) that appear in the naval battle production. "Introduction production" appears.

(ED section 1 to ED section 9 when the probability variation symbol is stopped)
As shown in the figure, the end INT related to the probabilistic symbol stop is divided into nine ED sections, and an effect (ED effect) corresponding to each ED section appears. For example, the following production.
ED section 1: "Selection production start production". Here, in the following ED sections 2 to 4, it is displayed that the selection effect (character selection effect, first item selection effect, second item selection effect, which will be described later) will be started. Here, during the ED production, multiple types of selection production (multiple types of player participation type production) with different production contents appear, and the player selects his / her favorite ship (hero character). Then, by letting the selected gun (item) to be equipped on the own ship be selected, the player can decorate the warship of his choice (change of clothes). In this way, not only can the player select his / her favorite character, but he / she can also select a dress-up item (decorative item) so that the player can be entertained. It has become. In particular, the 5R probability variation jackpot on the 1st side of the special figure is about 5000ms longer than the end INT (43000ms) of the 5R time reduction A on the 1st side of the special figure. It is possible to prevent a feeling of extension. This selection effect is an effect that does not appear in the hit effect related to the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A and the hit effect related to the above chance symbol stop, and is one aspect of the player participation type effect like the above music selection effect. Is.
ED section 2: "Character selection effect" that allows you to select your own ship (hero character). Here, a selection effect is displayed so that the player can select a favorite warship from a plurality of types of warships 1 to 4 for the own ship to appear in the probability change effect mode. The character selected here is used as the main character to appear in the background display effect or the advance notice effect in the symbol variation display game.
ED section 3: "First item selection effect" to select the main gun (first item). Here, as the first gun to be equipped on the own ship, a selection effect for allowing the player to select a favorite main gun type from a plurality of types of main guns 1 to 8 appears.
ED section 4: "Second item selection effect" to select the secondary armament (second item). Here, as the second gun to be equipped on the own ship, a selection effect for allowing the player to select a favorite weapon from a plurality of types of secondary armaments 1 to 8 appears. The ship is decorated by the guns (items) selected in the above-mentioned ED sections 3 to 4.
ED section 5: "Selection production end production". Here, the own ship decorated in the above-mentioned ED sections 2 to 4 is displayed. As a result, a series of selection effects is completed.

ED section 6: The above-mentioned "transition destination game state suggestion effect". Here, an effect for notifying the transition to the probabilistic state (probability change effect mode transition suggestion effect) appears.
ED section 6: The above "warning effect" appears.
ED section 7: The above "maker logo production" appears.
ED section 8: The above "probability change transition standby screen" appears.

When the end INT has passed as described above, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 1 side 5R probability change (when the probability change symbol is stopped) will be completed.

(7-3. About "5R time saving A big hit" on the special figure 2 side: Fig. 6, Fig. 9)
Next, with reference to FIG. 9, a jackpot game in the case of winning the “special figure 2 side 5R time saving A” will be described. The contents substantially the same as the above-mentioned special figure 1 side 5R time saving A big hit or special figure 1 side 5R probability variation big hit will be described by omitting as appropriate in order to avoid duplicate description.

As shown in FIGS. 9 (a) and 9 (b), the jackpot game period related to "Special Figure 2 Side 5R Time Reduction A" is OP section 1 to OP section 3 (when the number of consecutive villas <10 times) or OP section 1. Start INT of "total 15000ms" including (when the number of consecutive villas ≤ 10 times), round game period of 1R to 5R (maximum opening time 29800ms), and R interval INT of 3000ms after each round game (total 15000ms) And the end INT of "total 7500 ms" including the ED section 1 to the ED section 2. The end INT (7500 ms) related to the 5R time reduction A on the special figure 2 side has the shortest time width as compared with other jackpots.

This jackpot game period is the same regardless of the game state at the time of winning, and the interval time of each game section and its total interval time are the same regardless of whether the game is won during normal, time saving, or probabilistic change. There is no change in. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6 (B).
-Start INT "15000 ms" + R-to-R INT "15000 ms" + End INT "7500 ms" = Total INT "37500 ms".

However, when the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is won, the hitting effect is different depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. Specifically, the hitting effect is different depending on the number of consecutive villas. In the case of this embodiment, the time width itself of each INT is the same regardless of the number of consecutive villas, but when the number of consecutive villas shown in FIG. 9 (a) is less than 10, the normal hitting effect (Time saving medium winning pattern A: Normal hitting effect), When the number of consecutive villas shown in Fig. 9 (b) is 10 or more, a special hitting effect (Time saving medium winning pattern B: SP hitting effect) appears. Will be done. In other words, when the number of consecutive villas is more than the specified number of times (10 times in this example), in the sense of congratulating the player, a mid-range production per SP is made to appear as a privilege.

In this example 1, even if a probabilistic jackpot (for example, 10R probabilistic change on the special figure 2 side) is won, a mid-SP hit effect is displayed according to the number of consecutive villas (details of this will be described later). When the probabilistic jackpot is won, the effect during the SP hit is different from that when the time-saving jackpot is won. The reason is as described below. In the case of a time-saving jackpot, it will shift to a time-saving state (low probability), so there is a great possibility that the consecutive villa state will be interrupted by this time-saving jackpot. However, in the case of a probabilistic jackpot, it shifts to a probabilistic state (high probability), so it is almost promised that the continuous villa state will continue. Therefore, in the case of a short-time jackpot, the "first SP hit medium production" (time-shortening medium winning pattern B) is considered in consideration of the interruption of the consecutive villa state, and in the case of a probabilistic big hit, the continuation of the consecutive villa state is considered. "2nd SP hit middle production" (see later-described probability change middle winning pattern 4 (see FIG. 12B)) is made to appear.

Below, in the case of winning the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A, when the number of consecutive villas is less than 10 times (time saving middle winning pattern A) and when the number of consecutive villas is 10 times or more (time saving middle winning pattern B) The hitting production will be explained separately.

(7-3-1A. About the winning production related to the winning pattern A (the number of consecutive villas is less than 10 times))
First, as shown in FIG. 9 (a), the above-mentioned "time saving medium winning pattern A" will be described.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 related to winning pattern A in a short time)
When the number of consecutive villas is less than 10, as shown in FIG. 9 (a), the OP section of the start INT is divided into three, and for example, the following effect appears.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to notify the winning. Here, a "normal blessing production" (a blessing production for winning the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A and less than 10 consecutive villas) appears.
OP section 2: "Music selection production". Here, as in the case of the “special figure 1 side 5R probability change when the probability change symbol is stopped” described with reference to FIG. 8 (b), a music selection effect for selecting BGM appears. As for the BGM type, new BGM (new song) is added according to the number of consecutive villas, and the range of choices for the BGM type is expanding. For example, a new BGM is added one song at a time from the 2nd to the 7th consecutive villas, no addition is made from the 8th to 9th consecutive villas, and a special BGM is added when the number of consecutive villas is 10 or more. (The same applies when the "Special Figure 2 Side 10R Probability Change" is won, which will be described later).
OP section 3: The above-mentioned "music decision production" and "right-handed suggestion production" appear.
It should be noted that these OP effects are mainly produced by using an image display effect, a sound effect, and a light effect, and a flashy effect in which a movable body accessory operates is not displayed.

(Round game section related to winning pattern A during short working hours, INT section between Rs)
During the round game and the INT between Rs, the BGM determined by the player in the above music selection effect is played, and the "character introduction" is the same as in the case of the above "special figure 1 side 5R probability change when the probability change symbol is stopped". "Direction" appears. However, the "character introduction effect" here is the "character introduction effect" for the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A.

(ED section 1 to ED section 2 related to the winning pattern A in a short time)
As shown in the figure, the end INT related to the 5R time reduction A on the special figure 2 side has an ED section divided into two, and in the case of a normal hitting medium effect, for example, the following ED effect appears.
ED section 1: The above-mentioned "transition destination game state suggestion effect". Here, as in the case of the special figure 1 side time saving A, it is notified that the time saving state is shifted. However, unlike the transition destination game state suggestion effect (for the first hit) when the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A is won, it is for the consecutive villas (for the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A when the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A is won) The transition destination game state suggestion effect appears.
ED section 2: The above "time saving transition standby screen". Here, as in the case of the special figure 1 side time saving A, the standby screen waiting for the start of the symbol variation display game in the time saving effect mode is displayed.

When the end INT has passed as described above, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A will be completed.

(7-3-1B. About the winning production related to the winning pattern B (the number of consecutive villas is 10 times or more))
Next, the above-mentioned "time saving medium winning pattern B" (medium production per 1st SP) shown in FIG. 9B will be described.

(OP section 1 related to winning pattern B during short working hours)
When the number of consecutive villas is 10 or more, as shown in FIG. 9 (b), the OP section of the start INT is one, and for example, the following effect appears.
OP section 1: "First special title production". Here, as a part of the hitting effect, a specific title indicating the start of the hitting effect is displayed.

(Round game section related to winning pattern B during short working hours, INT section between Rs)
During the round game and during the R-to-R INT, for example, a movie for the middle production per 1st SP is displayed.

(ED section 1 to ED section 2 related to winning pattern B in a short time)
As shown in the figure, the end INT related to the time saving medium winning pattern B is divided into two ED sections, and in the case of the medium effect per 1st SP, for example, the following ED effect appears.
ED section 1: "First special end production". Here, as a part of the hitting effect, the first special ending effect that notifies the end of the hitting effect of the first SP appears. This first special end effect is an effect that appears only when the special figure 2 side time reduction A is won, that is, an effect that notifies that the game state after the big hit game is substantially changed to the time reduction state. is there. In this respect, this special end effect acts as a "shift destination game state suggestion effect" that notifies that the time is shifted to the shortened state. In addition, in the first special end production, as a privilege, the setting suggestion production is also displayed in duplicate.
ED section 2: "Time saving transition standby screen" (similar to the time saving medium winning pattern A).

When the end INT has passed as described above, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A will be completed.

(7-4. About "10R Probability Change Big Hit" on the special figure 2 side: Fig. 6, Fig. 10 to Fig. 12)
Next, with reference to FIGS. 6, 10 to 12, a jackpot game in the case of winning the "special figure 2 side 10R probability variation" will be described. The jackpot game period related to this special figure 2 side 10R probability change is different from other jackpots, and differs depending on the game state at the time of winning. Hereinafter, using FIGS. 10 to 12, the jackpot games during the time saving (winning during the consecutive villas), during the probable change (winning during the consecutive villas), and during the normal (the first irregular winning above) will be sequentially described. I will do it.

(7-4A. Big hit game period when the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during the time saving: Fig. 11)
First, with reference to FIG. 11, a case where the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is won during the time reduction (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “time reduction medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning”) will be described.

In the case of 10R probability variation on the 2nd side of the special figure, as shown in FIG. 11, the start INT of "total 23000ms" including OP sections 1 to OP 3 and the round game period of 1R to 10R (maximum opening time 29800ms). ), 3000 ms R-to-R INT (30000 ms in total) after each round game, and ED section 1 to ED section 8 (in the case of the time saving medium winning pattern 1 described later) or ED section 1 to ED section 4 (time saving medium described later). It is configured to include a "total 45500 ms" end INT including (in the case of winning pattern 2). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6 (B).
-Start INT "23000 ms" + R-to-R INT "30000 ms" + End INT "45500 ms" = Total INT "98500 ms".

As can be seen from FIG. 6B, the start INT when the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is won is 8000 ms longer than the start INT (15000 ms) of other big hits. In this example 1, the 10R probability variation on the special figure 2 side is a big hit (highest advantage big hit) that gives the highest profit (highest payout), and the increase range of the base value is higher than other big hits, so it is as total as possible. This is because it is preferable to set INT for a long time.

(7-4A-1. Time saving Medium special figure 2 side 10R Probability change About winning production at the time of winning)
The production mode of the winning effect related to the 10R probability variation winning on the side of the special figure 2 in the time saving is different depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. In this example 1, when the first hit is a time-saving big hit (for example, special figure 1 side 5R time-saving A) or the special figure 1 side 5R probability change when the chance symbol is stopped, the first hit is the special figure 1 when the probability change symbol is stopped. The above-mentioned "change of clothes effect" as in the case of the side 5R probability change is not executed. Therefore, in the case where the 10R probability change on the 2nd side of the special figure 2 is won, if the above "change of clothes effect" is not executed at the time of the big hit before the previous time, this "arrival" is performed during the end INT at the time of the winning. "Replacement production" is to be executed. As the hitting effect in this case, the illustrated "winning effect related to the time saving medium winning pattern 1" (type of hitting effect for changing clothes) is selected. On the other hand, when the above-mentioned "change of clothes effect" has already been executed, the illustrated "time-saving medium winning pattern 2 hitting effect" (non-changing effect hitting effect type) is selected.

(7-4A-2A. About the winning production related to the winning pattern 1 in a short time)
The hitting effect related to the above-mentioned time saving medium winning pattern 1 will be described.

(OP section 1 to OP section 3 related to winning pattern 1 in a short time)
In the case of the winning effect related to the time saving medium winning pattern 1, the OP section of the start INT is divided into three as shown in the figure, and for example, the following effect appears.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to congratulate the winner. Here, in order to notify that the special figure 2 side 10R probability change of the highest advantage has been won, an image display effect such as "super big hit!" And a dedicated light effect (for example, the effect LED is colored in rainbow color). Along with a special sound production (for example, emitting an impact sound or a thunderbolt sound), a "flashy production" such as operating a movable body accessory (flower-shaped accessory 90 and clock-shaped accessory 80) in a dedicated motion pattern. (Special blessing production) appears. The reason for performing this "flashy production" is as follows. As already explained, the start INT at the time of winning the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is extended by 8000 ms from other big hits. Therefore, if there is no directing device, the player will feel bored and delayed due to the extended period. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a "flashy production" using a movable body accessory is made to appear, and the fact that "a big hit with a high advantage is won" is notified (blessed), and the player is uplifted. By giving a feeling of superiority and superiority, it does not cause a feeling of boredom or a feeling of delay.

(Specific production example of flashy production)
The above-mentioned "flashy production" is a production mode that belongs to the same category as the "blessing production" that appears even in the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A, which has a low advantage, but the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A The difference is that the number of types of effect means used is different as described above. Specifically, in the blessing effect (normal blessing effect) of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the image display effect by the liquid crystal display device 36, Three types of production means are used: sound production by the speaker 46 and light production by the decorative lamp 45 (LED for production), but in the flashy production (special blessing production) of the special figure 2 side 10R probability change, the movable body is further used. In addition to the movable body production by the character, the liveliness (degree of flashiness) is made to appear. In other words, it is a case where the "flashy production" is realized by increasing the number of types of production means and increasing the degree of flashiness of the production.

Further, as another method, although the number of types of the effect means to be used is the same, a flashy effect can be realized by differently different the effect time width and / or the effect mode by at least one effect means. For example, when the decorative lamp 45 (light effect) is used, when the normal blessing effect is executed, a part of the decorative lamp 45 (including other effect LEDs) (first light emitting unit (first light emitting area)) is used. When a predetermined effect is performed by using it to perform a flashy effect, the entire decorative lamp 45 (the second light emitting part (second light emitting area) using more LEDs (used area) than the first light emitting part). ) Is used to perform a predetermined effect. That is, depending on the difference in the size of the light emitting region, the size of the light emitting region, and the difference in the light emitting mode, the degree of flashiness related to the light effect may be lightened to realize a flashy effect. For example, in the case of a normal blessing effect, a sober light effect other than rainbow color is executed without a flash, while in the case of a flashy effect, a flashy light effect with a flash and a rainbow color is executed. Can be done. Further, in the case of (P) sound production, the degree of flashiness related to sound production is lightened depending on the number of speakers 46 used and / or the volume level, etc. In the case of (Q) image display production, for example, a special Depending on the presence or absence of so-called "effect (highlighting processing)" that displays drawing (image) processing or special images in duplicate, and the presence or absence of flash display (flash display), the degree of flashiness is given light weight (S). ) In the case of a movable body production, a flashy production may be realized by giving a light weight to the degree of flashiness depending on the size of the movement range (difference in the movement pattern) and the number of moving characters. (T) In addition, in order to make a "flashy production", instead of limiting to a two-dimensional production mode mainly for image display production, a flower-shaped character 90, a clock-shaped character 80, and a player stimulus are used. A player who increases the degree of flashiness by adding a three-dimensional effect mode using one or more movable objects such as a source accessory (pressurizing device, wind pressure device, or vibration device: not shown). It is preferable to incite a feeling of exhilaration and superiority.

Further, by adopting the following configuration, it is possible to prevent a feeling of boredom and a feeling of prolongation related to the extension period. Similar to the "configuration that temporarily hides the jackpot won this time" explained in FIG. 8 above, for example, the symbol variation display game at the time of winning the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning It is possible to stop and display the combination of common decorative symbols in the symbol variation display game, and at the end of the symbol variation display game, the jackpot type won this time is temporarily hidden from the production (not limited to winning in a short time, but usually Winning during medium or probable change). Then, at both the time when the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A is won and the time when the special figure 2 side 10R time probability change is won, the section is set to show a fanning effect to arouse the tension of which big hit was won, and the extension period. It is used as an effect section (fanning effect section) to have a space of (8000 ms). In this case, if the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is won, the winning of the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is notified during the fanning production section, while if the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won, the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is won. After the fanning production section, the above-mentioned "flashy production" that does not appear when the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is won will appear. Specifically, if the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A is won, the OP section 1 6000 ms is set as the fanning effect section, and if the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is won, the OP section 1 14000 ms, 6000 ms. Is assigned to the production section, and the remaining 8000ms is assigned to the flashy production section. In this case, rather than simply performing a "flashy production" using the entire 14000ms of the OP section 1, a production called "a flashy production from a fanning production" is developed, which not only arouses a sense of tension. , Can act as a production section that gives an uplifting feeling. As a result, it is possible to more effectively prevent the player from feeling bored or protracted at the start INT, which takes a relatively long time.

OP section 2: "Music selection production" appears. Here, Fig. 8 (a) (case of 5R probability change on the special figure 1 side when the probability change symbol is stopped) and Fig. 9 (a) (5R time reduction A on the special figure 2 side) are won, and the number of consecutive villas is 10 times. As in the case of less than), the music selection effect appears.
OP section 3: The above-mentioned "music decision production" and "right-handed suggestion production" appear.

(Round game section related to winning pattern 1 during short working hours, INT section between Rs)
During the round game and the INT between Rs, the BGM determined by the player in the above-mentioned music selection production is played, and the production (music-dependent production) corresponding to the BGM appears. The production here is different from the above-mentioned "character introduction production", and a special production corresponding to the determined BGM (for example, a video of a historical naval battle) appears.

(ED section 1 to ED section 8 related to the winning pattern 1 in a short time)
As shown in the figure, the end INT related to the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1 is divided into eight ED sections. Here, the “ED section 1 to ED section 9 related to the probabilistic symbol stop” described in FIG. "(See" 7-2-2A. About the effect related to each game period when the probability variation symbol is stopped "), and a part of the same ED effect appears. In particular,
ED section 1: "Acquired ball number notification effect" that notifies the number of game balls (acquired ball number) acquired during the consecutive villas. As for the number of balls won here, the number of prize balls paid out during the big hit game in the consecutive villas is counted.
ED section 2 to ED section 6: In the ED section 2 to ED section 6, the above-mentioned "selection effect start effect", the above-mentioned "character selection effect", the above-mentioned "first item selection effect", the above-mentioned "second item selection effect", A series of change-of-clothes effects of the above "selection effect end effect" appear.
ED section 7: The above-mentioned "transition destination game state suggestion effect" appears.
ED section 8: The above "probability change transition standby screen" appears.
In the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1, unlike the "ED section 1 to ED section 9 when the probability variation symbol is stopped" shown in FIG. 8 (b), the "warning effect" and the "maker logo effect" do not appear. This is because if the information unrelated to the game is displayed many times each time the jackpot is made, the player feels annoyed (the same applies to the time-saving and medium-time winning pattern 2 described later).

When the end INT has passed as described above, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 2 side 10R probability change (at the time of winning in a short time) will be completed.

(7-4A-2B. About the winning production related to the winning pattern 2 in a short time)
Next, with reference to the figure, the winning effect related to the above-mentioned time-saving and medium-time winning pattern 2 will be described. Of the winning effects related to the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 2, the effects related to the OP section 1 to OP section 3, the round game section, and the R-to-R INT section are the same as the above-mentioned time-saving medium winning pattern 1, and therefore overlap. The description is omitted for the sake of avoidance of description.

(ED section 1 to ED section 4 related to the winning pattern 2 in a short time)
As shown in the figure, the end INT in the time saving medium winning pattern 2 is divided into four ED sections. The end INT in the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 2 is partially different from the above-mentioned time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1, and the following ED effect appears. In particular,
ED section 1: The above "acquired ball number notification effect". However, a background display different from that of the winning pattern 1 appears during the time saving.
ED section 2: Player participation type "mini game production". Here, a so-called "mini game" appears as a player-participation-type production different from the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1 (ED section 2 to ED section 6). This mini-game is, for example, a game content (torpedo battle game) that expresses a torpedo battle between a submarine (hero character) and an enemy fleet (enemy character), and fires a torpedo from the submarine. When you hit an enemy ship, you will get points, and when you reach the specified points, a setting suggestion effect will appear as a privilege. When launching a torpedo or aiming at an enemy ship, use the effect button 13 (torpedo launch button) and the direction key 75 (aiming button). In this torpedo battle game, for example, you can shoot 5 torpedoes and get 100P for each torpedo hitting an enemy ship and 200P (100P for hit + 100P for sinking) for each torpedo hit (up to 1000P (enemy ship). (5 ships can be sunk)), and when the points are 700P or more, the setting suggestion effect will appear. However, whether or not to hit and sink is determined by a predetermined production lottery related to the torpedo battle game each time a torpedo is fired. Therefore, if the player does not actively participate in this torpedo battle game, the possibility of earning points decreases and the possibility that the setting suggestion effect does not appear increases. The possibility of appearance of is zero. Since the setting suggestion effect gives a setting guessing element and is an important source of information that can influence the interests of the player, the player actively plays a torpedo battle game (the same applies to the "air battle game" described later). ) Will participate. As a result, it is possible to effectively prevent the player from feeling bored or protracted even when the long interval time is exhausted.

In addition, if the specified points cannot be achieved in this mini-game (the above torpedo battle game, the air battle game described later), it will be zero again in the mini-game by the next big hit (time saving medium special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning). It starts from the point (0P). However, if the specified points cannot be achieved in this mini-game, points will be added in the next mini-game by the big hit (special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning), and the total number of points will reach the specified points. In addition, it may be configured to show the setting suggestion effect. In addition, the content of the mini-game is not particularly limited, but if the player participates in the game, useful "specific information" is notified to the player, for example, "If you participate in the game, a setting suggestion effect can appear". It is preferable to use a player-participation-type production that enhances the player's willingness to participate. As this specific information, in addition to the setting suggestion information, for example, the ranking of the number of balls to be won (for example, the top 5 are displayed), the ranking of the number of consecutive villas (not the ranking, but the information on the number of consecutive villas in the past), Information on the history of winning big hits can be mentioned. The jackpot winning history is information including the number of rotations from the previous jackpot winning (when the power is turned on, until the first jackpot winning) to the current jackpot winning (so-called "number of hits" between jackpots), and is a setting estimation element. (The player can infer the set value by comparing the practical jackpot probability with the theoretical (designed) jackpot probability). Further, in the ranking of the number of consecutive villas, the higher the probability of the big hit lottery, the higher the number of consecutive villas, so that it can be useful information for the setting estimation element as well as the history of winning the big hit. More specifically, in the present embodiment, the probability variation input rate is uniformly 65% regardless of the set value, that is, the consecutive villa rate during the probability variation is the same regardless of the set value, but the big hit is won for the pullback during the time saving state. The higher the probability, the higher the pullback rate (short-time middle-class villa rate). For example, when the low probability time is 1/41 to 1/320 in the settings 1 to 6, the pullback rate in 100 times of time reduction is about 21.7% to about 26.9% in the settings 1 to 6. Become. Therefore, the higher the setting, the greater the number of consecutive villas, so the number of consecutive villas can be useful information for the setting estimation factor. In addition, the ranking of the number of balls won, the ranking of the number of consecutive villas, or the history of winning big hits may display only information for today (from when the power is turned on to when the power is turned off), or information on the previous day or multiple days ago. May be taken over and displayed, or the history of a plurality of days (for example, one week) may be displayed. In particular, if the history of winning big hits and the number of consecutive villas can be displayed at least the history information of the previous day (for example, the day before to one week ago), it will be an element for the player to guess the sales strategy of the pachinko hall. , Can be useful information for today's setting guess.

In the ED section 3 to the ED section 4, the above-mentioned "shift destination game state suggestion effect" and the above-mentioned "probability change transition standby screen" appear as in the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1.

When the end INT has passed as described above, a series of big hit games related to the special figure 2 side 10R probability change (at the time of winning in a short time) will be completed.

(7-4B. Big hit game period when the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during the probability change: Fig. 12)
Next, with reference to FIG. 12, a case where the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during the probability change (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “probability change middle special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning”) will be described. It should be noted that the content substantially the same as the content at the time of winning the 10R probability variation on the side of the special figure 2 on the side of the special figure 2 described with reference to FIG. 11 will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate description.

In the case of the 10R probable change winning on the special figure 2 side during the probable change, as shown in FIGS. It is configured to include a 3000 ms R-to-R INT (total 30000 ms) after each round game and a “total 45500 ms” end INT. Although the details will be described later, the OP section of the start INT and the ED section related to the end INT are the winning patterns during the probability change shown in FIGS. 12 (a) and 12 (b), depending on whether or not the predetermined conditions are satisfied. Branch into 1 to 4.

The configuration of the jackpot game period at the time of winning the special figure 2 side 10R probability change during the probability change is as shown in FIG. 6 (B) as in the case of the time saving medium special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning already explained.
-Start INT "23000 ms" + R-to-R INT "30000 ms" + End INT "45500 ms" = Total INT "98500 ms".

(7-4B-1. During probabilistic change Special figure 2 side 10R Probability change during winning production at the time of winning)
As with the time-saving medium-time special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning, the effect of the hitting effect related to the probability change middle special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning is different depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. ing. Specifically, whether or not the above "change of clothes effect" is executed at the time of the big hit before the previous time, as in the case of the time saving medium special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning at the time of the probability change middle special figure 2 side 10R probability change winning. Depending on the crab, the hitting production scenario is branched.

Specifically, according to a predetermined execution condition, the winning pattern 1 during the probable change of the winning effect type for the changing effect is executed, or the winning patterns 2 to 4 during the probable change of the winning effect type for the non-changing effect are executed. To decide. In addition, the winning patterns 2 to 4 during the probability change (the type of the winning effect for the non-changing effect) are determined according to the number of consecutive villas, but if the above "change of clothes effect" is not executed, the consecutive villas Regardless of the number of times, the winning pattern 1 during the probability change of the hitting effect type for the change of clothes effect is preferentially executed. In this way, in the case of winning during the probability change, the hitting effect differs depending on the number of consecutive villas, regardless of whether or not the above "changing clothes effect" is executed, and the variation of the hitting effect varies. It is abundant. As a result, the jackpot game that lasts longer than other jackpots does not become monotonous and can be digested happily. The winning effect of the winning patterns 1 to 4 during the probability change will be described below.

(7-4B-1A. About the winning effect related to the winning pattern 1 during the probability change)
The winning effect related to the probabilistic winning pattern 1 is the same as the winning effect related to the time-saving medium winning pattern 1.

(7-4B-1B. About the winning effect related to the winning pattern 2 during the probability change)
The winning effect related to the probabilistic winning pattern 2 is the same as the winning effect related to the time-saving medium winning pattern 2. However, the winning effect related to the winning pattern 2 during the probability change is selected when the number of consecutive villas is the second to the fifth (less than a predetermined specified number of times). In this example 1, since the winning effect type for changing clothes (time saving medium winning pattern 1 or probability changing winning pattern 1) is preferentially selected, the winning effect related to the probability changing winning pattern 2 is selected. Is the case where the number of consecutive villas is at least 2 or more.

(7-4B-1C. About the winning effect related to the winning pattern 3 during the probability change)
The winning effect related to the winning pattern 3 during the probability change is selected when the number of consecutive villas is the 6th to 9th (less than a predetermined specified number of times). The winning effect related to the probabilistic winning pattern 3 is different from the time-saving medium winning pattern 2 in the effect (ED effect) at the end INT, and is the same in other respects. Specifically, a mini-game having a content different from that of the mini-game (torpedo battle game) of the winning pattern 2 in a short time is displayed, but the function of the mini-game itself is the same.

In the mini-game in the winning pattern 3 during the probability change, for example, the game content (air battle game) expresses how to perform an air battle between the own machine (main character) and the enemy machine (enemy character). When you shoot down an enemy aircraft, you will get points, and when you reach the specified points, a setting suggestion effect will appear as a privilege. When firing a machine gun or aiming at an enemy aircraft, use the effect button 13 (machine gun firing button) and the direction key 75 (aiming button). In this air combat game, for example, if you fire a machine gun 5 times and the machine gun hits an enemy plane and shoots it down, you can get 200P (up to 1000P (you can shoot down 5 enemy planes)), 800P. With the above acquisition, the setting suggestion effect will appear. Similar to the above torpedo battle game, this air battle game may not show the setting suggestion effect if the player does not actively participate, and if he does not participate at all, the setting suggestion effect can appear. The sex is zero. In addition, whether or not to shoot down is determined by a predetermined production lottery as in the torpedo battle game.

(Modified example of player participation type production)
In addition, the above specific information (for example, setting suggestion information, ranking of the number of balls to be paid out, ranking of the number of consecutive villas, and information on at least one of the jackpot winning history) is provided in a player participation type production such as a mini game. As the notification conditions for notification, for example, the following conditions (A1) to (A5) can be defined. (A1) Performed only when the probabilistic jackpot on the special figure 2 side is won, (A2) Performed at the time of the probabilistic jackpot on the special figure 2 side (at least 2 consecutive villas), (A3) Only when the probabilistic big hit on the special figure 1 Performed (A4) at the time of winning the probabilistic jackpot on the special figure 2 side (or at the time of the consecutive villa of the probabilistic jackpot on the special figure 2 side) and / or at the time of winning the probabilistic jackpot on the special figure 1 side, (A5) The above notification conditions can be set, such as when the jackpot is won (so-called when the jackpot is pulled back). In this way, the fun of the game can be improved by making the player participation type production content different depending on the type of hit.

In the ED section 1, the ED section 3, and the ED section 4, the above-mentioned "acquired ball number notification effect", the above-mentioned "transition destination game state suggestion effect", and the above-mentioned "probability change transition standby", respectively, as in the time-saving medium-time winning pattern 1. "Screen" appears.

(7-4B-1D. About the winning effect related to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change)
The winning effect related to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change is selected when the number of consecutive villas reaches 10 times (the number of consecutive villas reaches a predetermined predetermined number of times). The winning effect related to this probabilistic winning pattern 4 is the above-mentioned "second SP hitting effect" (second special hitting effect), and when the number of consecutive villas reaches the specified number, it appears as a privilege. It is a special hitting production. In addition, although it is an extremely rare case, a big hit in which the "change of clothes effect" is not executed, specifically, the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the special figure 1 side 5R probability change when the chance symbol is stopped, or the special figure 2 side. For example, if you win 9 consecutive villas and win the 10th big hit (number of consecutive villas = 10) just by winning the 5R time saving A, and you win the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side, the winning pattern 4 during the probability change The winning pattern 1 (type of winning effect for changing clothes) is preferentially selected without selecting the winning effect. In this case, the winning pattern 4 during the probability change is selected only when the next big hit in the consecutive villa state is the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side. In the present embodiment, unless the big hit related to the hit-medium effect type for changing clothes, which is the first execution condition, is won during this consecutive villa, the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won and the number of consecutive villas is increased. Even if the specified number of times (the number of consecutive villas = 10 times) is reached, the winning pattern 4 (second special ED production) during the probability change is not executed. Hereinafter, the winning effect related to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change will be described.

(OP section 1 related to winning pattern 4 during probabilistic change (during production per 2nd SP))
As shown in FIG. 12 (b), in the winning effect related to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change, there are two OP sections of the start INT, and for example, the following effect appears.
OP section 1: "Blessing production" to congratulate the probable change winning. Here, as in the OP section 1 related to the short-time and medium-time winning pattern 1, a flashy production appears. It should be noted that the effect mode may be the same as that of the winning pattern 1 during the time saving, or may be different.
OP section 2: "Second special title production". Here, a specific title indicating the start of the middle effect per second SP is displayed.
OP section 3: The above "right-handed suggestion production".

(Round game section related to winning pattern 4 during probability change, INT section between Rs)
During the round game and during the R-to-R INT, for example, a movie for the middle production per 2nd SP is displayed.

(ED section 1 to ED section 3 related to winning pattern 4 during probability change)
As shown in the figure, the end INT related to the winning pattern 4 during the probability change is divided into three ED sections, and in the case of the normal hitting effect, for example, the following ED effect appears.
ED section 1: Here, the movie appearing in the round game section or the R-to-R INT section is displayed in the form of biting into the ED section 1. In addition, in the ED section 1, the acquired ball number notification effect is duplicated with the movie.
ED section 2: "Second special end production". Here, as a part of the middle effect per second SP, the second special end effect that notifies the end of the middle effect per second SP appears. This second special end effect is an effect that appears only when the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won, that is, an effect that notifies that the game state after the big hit game is substantially changed to the probability change state. is there. In this respect, this special end effect acts as a "transition destination game state suggestion effect" that notifies that the state is shifted to the probabilistic state. In addition, in the second special end production, as a privilege, the setting suggestion production is also displayed in duplicate.
ED section 3: The above "probability change transition standby screen" appears. Then, when the end INT has passed, a series of jackpot games will be completed.

If the winning pattern 4 is selected once during the probability change, it will be selected every time the number of consecutive villas is 10 times from the next time onward. Further, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the above-mentioned probability change middle winning pattern 4 (second special ED production) is not executed unless the big hit related to the "winning production type for changing clothes" is won. Regardless of whether or not the production type during the hitting is won during the consecutive villas, when the number of consecutive villas reaches the specified number of times (10 times), the winning pattern 4 during the probability change may be executed.

The above-mentioned hitting effect related to the probability change winning pattern 4 (second SP hitting effect) is a hitting effect that appears when the number of consecutive villas that cannot normally be achieved is achieved. In other words, it is positioned as a premier hit-and-play production. Therefore, when this effect appears, the player can enjoy a sense of accomplishment and a sense of superiority, and the player is deeply moved by the effect. Therefore, there is an advantage that the player is less likely to feel bored or delayed even if the player does not intervene in the participatory production. Such a premier hit-and-hit effect can be said to be a preferable production mode in that it contributes to abundant hit-and-hit effects and a reduction in a feeling of boredom and a feeling of delay.

(7-4C. Big hit game period when the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won during normal times: Fig. 10)
Next, with reference to FIG. 10, a case (irregular winning) in which the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is won (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “normal medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning”) will be described. It should be noted that the contents substantially the same as those at the time of winning the special figure 2 side 10R probability change during the time reduction or during the probability change of FIGS. 11 to 12 will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate description.

In the case of normal middle special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning, as shown in FIG. 10, the start INT of "total 23000 ms" including OP section 1 to OP section 3 and the round game period of 1R to 10R (maximum opening time 29800 ms). ), A 3000 ms R-to-R INT after each round game (30000 ms in total), and a “50500 ms total” end INT including the ED sections 1 to 9 are included.

In the case of this normal medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning, it is the same except that the time width of the end INT is different from the "time reduction medium winning pattern 1" of the time reduction medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning shown in FIG. Specifically, the end INT is usually longer for the 10R probability variation winning on the special figure 2 side by 5000 ms, as shown in FIG. 6 (B).
-Start INT "23000 ms" + R-to-R INT "30000 ms" + End INT "50500 ms" = Total INT "103500 ms".

(7-4C-1A. About the hitting effect at the time of winning the 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side during normal)
Regarding the winning effect related to the 10R probability variation winning on the 2nd side of the normal special figure, the production related to the ED sections 1 to 7 of the start INT, the round game, the INT between Rs, and the ending INT is the above-mentioned time saving medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variation winning. It is the same as the "time saving medium winning pattern 1" at the time, except that the "attention effect" is displayed in the ED section 8 and the "probability change transition standby screen" is displayed in the subsequent ED section 9.

The reason why the jackpot game period is relatively long (5000 ms longer) when the 10R probability change on the 2nd side of the special figure is won is different from the winning time during other game states (during time reduction or probability change). It is as described below. As already explained, the normal middle-winning of the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is an irregular winning that can rarely occur even if the player is playing correctly (see "1st irregular winning" above). ). This winning is a "first hit", but it is a first hit that has a higher advantage than the usual first hit, that is, the "special figure 1 side 5R time saving A" winning or the "special drawing 1 side 5R probability variation" winning. Therefore, if no measures are taken, the base value (during the probable change state of the transition destination after the big hit game) may rise and it may be difficult to meet the legal request. As a countermeasure, it is usually necessary to extend the interval time at the time of winning the 10R probability change on the side of the special figure 2 in the middle, but if the extension time is unnecessarily extended, it gives a feeling of delay, which is not preferable. Therefore, in this example 1, as an irregular measure, the same effect as at the time of the regular first hit (when the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A or the special figure 1 side 5R probability change is won) (in this example, the above "attention effect"). By interposing, the feeling of extension is prevented and the base value is lowered. If there is no particular effect on the fluctuation range of the base value, the time width may be the same as the time width of the jackpot game period related to the winning during the time reduction or the probability change (each INT is the same time width). Specifically, the end INT related to the normal middle winning may be set to the same time (45500 ms) as the end INT related to the time saving medium or the probability change winning, and the ending INT related to the time saving medium or the probability changing winning may be set to the normal middle winning The end INT may be the same time (50500 ms). In this case, the extension rates shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D, which will be described later, have the same values at the time of winning during normal, time saving, and probabilistic change (corresponding column of β2N, β2S, β2F). The special figure 2 side 5R probability variation jackpot of the specific example 3 shown in FIG. 16 described later, the special figure 2 side 2R probability variation jackpot and the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation jackpot of the specific examples 4 and 5 shown in FIG. 18 are also normal. In the case of winning (irregular winning), the end INT is extended by 5000 ms, as in the case of the normal medium special figure 2 side 10R probability variation of this example 1, but these jackpots are also the base value. If there is no particular effect on the fluctuation range of, it can be the same as the time width of the jackpot game period related to the winning during the time reduction or the probability change.

<8. About the relationship between the jackpot game period (interval time) of each jackpot>
As described above, as one embodiment of the present invention, the jackpot game period and the hitting effect according to the first embodiment have been described. However, this embodiment does not set the jackpot game period in the dark clouds. Hereinafter, in addition to FIGS. 6 and 7 to 12 described above, the jackpot game period of each jackpot will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 13A to 13D and FIG. 14 based on the relationship between the jackpots. ..

(8-1. Advantages when comparing each jackpot: Fig. 6 (C))
First, with reference to (C) of FIG. 6, the relationship of advantage when comparing big hits will be described. This advantage is a matter related to the extension rate (FIGS. 13A to 13D) described later.

In the case of this embodiment, the high and low of the advantage when comparing each big hit is defined as follows. For example, when comparing the 5R time saving A big hit (time saving number 100 times) and the 5R time saving B big hit (time saving number 50 times), the maximum number of rounds and the maximum opening time of the big winning opening are the same, so the big hit game If we focus only on the profit status of the inside, it can be said that it is a big hit with the same advantage. However, when paying attention to the game state type of the transition destination, the “5R time reduction A jackpot”, which has a relatively large number of time reductions, is a jackpot with a higher advantage for the player. Further, in the case of the present embodiment, the number of STs related to the probability variation jackpot is finite, but the number of STs is "65536 times", and the next jackpot winning is promised at almost 100%. Therefore, it has substantially the same value as the so-called "infinite ST state" in which the probability change continues until the next big hit. When dealing with the high-low relationship of advantage when the probabilistic jackpot gives the above "infinite ST state", first consider the game state type of the transition destination, and then consider the number of balls. (Game state type priority determination method). For example, when comparing the 5R time-saving A jackpot and the 5R probability variation jackpot, the 5R probability variation jackpot that shifts to the probability variation state is a jackpot with a higher advantage. In this case, the relationship of the advantage of the jackpot type shown in FIG. 6A is "5R time reduction B jackpot <5R time reduction A jackpot <2R probability variation jackpot <5R probability variation jackpot <10R probability variation jackpot". However, when comparing big hits such as 5R time saving A big hit and 2R probability variation big hit where the maximum number of rounds on one side is less than half of the maximum number of rounds on the other side, there is a big difference in the number of balls. Therefore, inconvenience may occur if the game state type of the migration destination is prioritized. When such a big hit is included, the number of balls to be ejected may be considered preferentially (method for determining the number of balls to be ejected). In this case, the relationship of the advantage of the jackpot type shown in FIG. 6A is "2R probability variation jackpot <5R time saving B jackpot <5R time saving A jackpot <5R probability variation jackpot <10R probability variation jackpot".

In this way, when comparing jackpots with different game states at the migration destination, the normal state, the time saving state (the one with a relatively large number of time saving is advantageous), and the latent state (the one with a relatively large number of STs). Is treated as a big hit with a relatively high advantage in this order of probability change state (the one with a relatively large number of STs is advantageous). According to this rule, the advantages of each jackpot for the jackpot type of Specific Example 1 shown in FIG. 6 (A) are summarized as shown in FIG. 6 (C). The relationship is as follows: special figure 2 side 5R time saving A big hit <special figure 1 side 5R probability change big hit <special figure 2 side 10R probability change big hit ".

However, if the number of STs cannot be treated as the above "infinite ST state", in the case of a big hit that grants the number of STs that is not necessarily the state in which the next big hit is promised due to the jackpot lottery probability (for example, the number of STs is 30). ) Rather than giving priority to the game state type of the transition destination as described above, the consecutive villa rate due to the winning of the big hit (for example, the symbol lottery rate, the ST middle consecutive villa rate, or the short-time middle consecutive villa rate) Etc.) can be calculated, and the one with a “large” consecutive villa rate can be treated as a “big hit with a high probability”. More specifically, for example, in a gaming machine in which the jackpot probability (low probability state) in the low probability state (normal state or time saving state) is "1/100" and the jackpot probability in the high probability state is "1/20". Therefore, consider a gaming machine provided with a 5R probability variable jackpot that grants 10 ST times (assuming that the state shifts to a normal state after the end of ST) and a 5R time-saving jackpot that grants 100 time reductions. In this example, if the "game state type of the transition destination" is prioritized when determining the advantage, the "5R probability variation jackpot (ST10 times)" of the probability variation transition trigger becomes a jackpot with a higher advantage. However, when the consecutive villa rate is taken into consideration, the ST middle consecutive villa rate for the 5R probability variation jackpot (ST 5 times) is about 40.1%, and the time saving middle consecutive villa rate for the 5R short-time jackpot (100 times) is about. It is 63.4%, and the latter 5R time-saving big hit (100 times of time-saving) has a higher rate of consecutive villas and is a big hit with a high degree of profit for the player. Therefore, the "5R time reduction jackpot (time reduction 100 times)" is a relatively more advantageous jackpot than the former "5R probability variation jackpot (ST10 times)".

Therefore, if all the probabilistic jackpots shown in FIG. 6 (A) are jackpots that give ST10 times, the relationship of advantage is "5R time saving B jackpot (consecutive villa rate about 39.5%). <2R Probability change jackpot (consecutive villa rate about 40.1%) <5R probability variation jackpot (consecutive villa rate about 40.1%) <10R probability variation jackpot (consecutive villa rate about 40.1%) <5R time saving A jackpot (renso rate) It can be treated as a big hit with high advantage in the order of "rate about 63.4%)". In short, if the number of STs cannot be treated as the above infinite ST state, the "consecutive villa rate" between big hits is considered with the highest priority, and then the "game state type of the transition destination" is considered. Finally, it is preferable to determine the high or low degree of advantage by considering the "number of balls to be ejected during the big hit".

Further, depending on the game state, the advantage can be determined in consideration of whether the big hits on the special figure 1 side and the special figure 2 side are subject to the big hit lottery. In the case of the present embodiment, the big hit on the special figure 1 side is a big hit that can be a lottery target exclusively "when hitting left", that is, "in the state without electric support (in the normal state)" (the big hit for the above "first hit"). Therefore, the big hit on the special figure 2 side is a big hit that can be a lottery target exclusively "when hitting right", that is, "during the state with electric support (during the time saving state, during the probable change state)" (the above "during the consecutive villas") Big hit). In this case, the jackpot on the special figure 2 side has a relatively higher advantage than the jackpot on the special figure 1 side, considering that the jackpot on the special figure 2 side is won in a state where the base value is high. It can be treated as a big hit. For example, there is a 5R probability variation jackpot on the special figure 1 side and a 5R probability variation jackpot on the special figure 2 side (the number of STs is the same), and when comparing these jackpots, both are jackpots of the same value. When paying attention to whether or not it is a target jackpot during the consecutive villas (with electric power support), the 5R probability variation jackpot on the special figure 2 side can be treated as a jackpot with a relatively high advantage. .. In addition, since the special figure type itself is not directly related to the consecutive villa rate and the game state of the transition destination, the final consideration items are, that is, the consecutive villa rate, the game state type of the transition destination, and the big hit. This is a matter to be considered when the advantage cannot be determined between big hits with the same number of balls. In addition, when the hit in the consecutive villas is emphasized, it is preferable that the special figure type is not at least the final consideration. For example, when the special figure type is considered with the highest priority (when the special figure 2 side is prioritized), the relationship of the advantage of this example 1 is "special figure 1 side 5R time saving A big hit <special figure 1 side 5R probability variation big hit < Special figure 2 side 5R probability variation jackpot <Special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot ".

In addition, the symbol lottery rate may be considered as a matter for determining the degree of advantage. In addition, when considering the symbol lottery rate, as described above, it can be decided in consideration of whether or not it is a target for winning in the consecutive villas. For example, the symbol lottery rate is 35% for the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A jackpot, 65% for the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation jackpot, 35% for the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A jackpot, and the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation jackpot. When 50% and the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot are 15%, the relationship of advantage when the symbol lottery rate is considered as the highest priority is "special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot (15%) <special figure 1 side. 5R time saving A jackpot, special figure 2 side 5R time saving A jackpot (35%) <special figure 2 side 5R probability variation jackpot (50%) <special figure 1 side 5R probability variation jackpot (65%) ". However, when considering the special figure type as the highest priority (when giving priority to the special figure 2 side), the relationship of advantage is "special figure 1 side 5R time saving A big hit (35%) <special figure 1 side 5R probability variation big hit (65). %) <Special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot (15%) <Special figure 2 side 5R time saving A jackpot (35%) <Special figure 1 side 5R probability variation jackpot (65%) ".

Of course, the determination method is not limited to the above-mentioned method, and the degree of advantage can be determined by comprehensively considering the magnitude relationship of the expected value (expected profit) of the profit to be earned when each jackpot is won. Further, different determination methods may be adopted for the special figure 1 side and the special figure 2 side. For example, on the special figure 1 side, any one of the number of consecutive villas, the game state type of the transfer destination, and the number of balls to be put out is the highest priority consideration, but on the special figure 2 side, the symbol lottery rate, the number of consecutive villas, and the transition Either the previous game state type or the number of balls to be played is the highest priority consideration. Further, although the small hit is not dealt with in the present embodiment, the hit game by the small hit (small hit game) is opened when the big winning opening 50 is opened once by legal request. When the opening is repeated a plurality of times, the total opening time is defined as a time not exceeding 1.8 seconds. For this reason, the number of balls to be ejected is relatively small during the small hit game, and the transition control of the game state is not performed. Therefore, when the small hit is treated in the same line as the big hit (when considering including the small hit in the big hit type) , It will be the lowest profitable jackpot among all jackpots. However, in the case where the maximum number of rounds is small and the opening time is extremely short (for example, 100 ms) as in the case of a 2R big hit, the small hit may be treated as having a higher advantage. In the present specification, when the advantage is referred to as high (relatively high) or low (relatively low), it is a concept including all cases defined by each method for determining the advantage.

(8-2. Extension rate: FIGS. 13A to 13D)
The "extension rate" shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D will be described. This "extension rate" is the interval time related to the second jackpot (comparison target jackpot) with respect to the interval time (start INT, R-to-R INT, end INT, or total INT) related to the first jackpot (reference jackpot). It shows the ratio (ratio), and in short, it is a value used as an index showing the degree of extension (degree of extension) of the comparison target jackpot with respect to the standard jackpot, and is a new index that has never existed in the past. In the case of this example, the extension rate is expressed as a percentage, but it may be expressed as a value such as a fraction, a ratio, or a minority as appropriate.

This extension rate is not limited to the use of the degree of extension, but also various events when comparing jackpots, for example, the extension / shortening time width of the jackpot game period, and the rate of return during the jackpot game (acquisition during the jackpot game). The number of balls, the difference in the number of acquired balls), the degree of fluctuation of the base value, the degree of discomfort received by the player, the specific event related to the number of hits (for example, the difference in the number of dead balls, the difference in the number of dead balls), the digestion efficiency of the jackpot (for example) It is a new index that can be used when considering the difference in digestion time of jackpot games). In particular, the "extension rate" is a standard jackpot, such as what kind of design value is easy to pass the type test, and how long the jackpot game period should be so that the player does not feel dissatisfied. Various things such as how to determine the interval time of the jackpot to be compared (hereinafter also referred to as "comparison target INT") with respect to the interval time (hereinafter also referred to as "reference INT") is suitable for design. There is novelty in that it can be used as an index for considering the circumstances of.

The extension rates shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D are the ratio of the comparison target INT to the reference INT, with the jackpot described in the row direction column as the "reference jackpot" side and the jackpot described in the column direction column as the "comparison target jackpot" side. That is, the value calculated by "comparison target INT / reference INT" is shown as a percentage. For example, the reference jackpot is "normal medium special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A" (β1N shown in the upper column direction of FIG. 13B), and the comparison target jackpot is "normal medium special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A" (left of FIG. 13B). The extension rate of the total INT when α1N shown in the column direction), that is, the extension rate of the total INT of the normal medium special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A with respect to the normal medium special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A (total INT of α1N ÷ The total INT of β1N = extension rate ER) is 195% (73000 ms ÷ 37500 ms ≈ 195%). 13A to 13D show the extension rate of each jackpot of Example 1 when the start INT, the R interval INT, the end INT, and the total INT are compared with each other.

Based on this index (extension rate), for example, if the ratio of wasted balls during the big hit game period in "normal medium special figure 1 side 5R time saving A" is calculated (all hits during the INT period are dead balls (wasted balls)). ), It can be seen that it is about 95% higher than "Normal medium special figure 2 side 5R time saving A". In addition, as long as the number of wasted balls (standard number of wasted balls) generated in the reference "normal medium special figure 2 side 5R time saving A" is known (performance of the launcher (about 1.67 shots per second) x total INT 37500 ms). (Reference INT) = Approximately 62.6 balls (Standard number of wasted balls)), The number of dead balls in the comparison target "Time saving medium special figure 1 side 5R Time saving A" is simply the value obtained by multiplying the extension rate, that is, "about 62". It can be calculated by a very simple calculation, such as "0.6 balls (standard number of dead balls) x extension rate 195% ≒ 122 balls". Since the size of the number of dead balls can be used as a reference value such as the fluctuation range of the base value, the "extension rate" that is easy to understand at a glance is very useful as a design index.

(8-2-1: Extension rate between each jackpot according to Specific Example 1)
Regarding the extension rates shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D, the following characteristic relationships (A) to (H) are defined. The purpose is to make it easy to conform to the type test without impairing the feeling of coming out as much as possible, and to prevent the innocent extension as much as possible. In the following, characteristic elements closely related to the present invention will be described. In the present specification, for convenience of explanation, the "high advantage jackpot" side is the "high advantage jackpot" and the "relatively low advantage jackpot" side is the "low advantage jackpot". May be abbreviated.

(8-2-1A: Relationship between big hits with the same special symbol)
(A) Of the jackpots on the special figure 1 side, the high-advantage jackpot has a longer total INT (in other words, the low-advantage jackpot has a shorter total INT). That is, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the high-advantage jackpot with respect to the low-advantage jackpot has a relationship of "100% <extension rate ER". In the case of this example 1, the advantage when comparing the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A and the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation is that the "special figure 1 side 5R probability variation" side is "high advantage jackpot", which is more advantageous than that. The "special figure 1 side 5R time saving A" side with a low degree is the "low advantage jackpot". Then, as shown in FIG. 13A, the extension rate of the total INT of the special figure 1 side 5R probability variation (high advantage) with respect to the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A (low advantage) is 107% (94% in the opposite case). It has become. Regarding this point, the intersection of the columns "α2N", "α2S", and "α2F" in the left column direction (special figure 1 side jackpot column) and the columns "α1N", "α1S", and "α1F" in the upper column direction in FIG. 13A. Total INT column (107%) in the column, or total INT column (94) in the intersection of "α1N", "α1S", "α1F" in the left column direction and "α2N", "α2S", "α2F" in the upper column direction. %). In the following, since it is as shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D, the description of the reference column will be omitted.

(B) Similarly, as for the jackpot on the special figure 2 side, the high-advantage jackpot has a longer total INT (in other words, the low-advantage jackpot has a shorter total INT). That is, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the high-advantage jackpot with respect to the low-advantage jackpot has a relationship of "100% <extension rate ER". In the case of this example 1, when the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A and the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation are compared, the advantage is higher in the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation. Then, as shown in FIG. 13D, the extension rate ER of the total INT of the special figure 2 side 10R probability change (high advantage) with respect to the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A (low advantage) is 263% (during time reduction, during probability change). It is 276% (normal (irregular)).

(C-1) Next, when focusing on the interval time other than the "total INT", among the jackpots on the special figure 2 side, the high-advantage jackpot has a longer start INT and end INT. In the case of Example 1, the start INT is 8000 ms longer and the end INT is 38,000 ms longer (43000 ms in the case of irregular winning) in the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation than in the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A. Focusing on the extension rate, the extension rate ER1 (153%) of the start INT of the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation (high advantage) with respect to the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A (low advantage) and the extension rate ER2 of the end INT. (607% at the time of winning during short-time / probabilistic change, 673% at the time of winning during normal time) has a relationship of "1 <ER1 <ER2".

(C-2) Here, attention is paid to the magnitude of the extension rate ER. The extension rate ER2 of the end INT is larger than the extension rate ER1 of the start INT. Therefore, the end INT having a relatively large extension rate naturally has a stronger degree of extension than the start INT. Therefore, for the interval time when the extension rate is large, the player is likely to feel bored or delayed unless some measures are taken in the production. On the other hand, the start INT side with a small extension rate has a small degree of extension, and the player is less likely to feel bored / extended than the end INT side with a large extension rate described above.

Therefore, in the case of this example 1, during the end INT on the extension rate "large" side, in order to entertain the player, a special such as the above-mentioned change of clothes production or a mini-game (for example, the above-mentioned torpedo battle game or air battle game) is performed. Make the player participation type production appear. In particular, the mini-game gives a privilege of notifying information about the game (in this example, the appearance of the setting suggestion effect), which greatly contributes to the elimination of the player's feeling of delay. It can be said that. On the other hand, during the start INT on the extension rate "small" side, the above-mentioned "flashy production" or simple player-participation-type production (for example, the above-mentioned above) does not appear without the special player-participation-type production as described above. With the appearance of the music selection production), the delay is eliminated.

However, it is important not only to judge by the value of the extension rate but also to use the extension rate as an index in consideration of the reference INT. In detail, if the "reference INT" is about "several tens to hundreds of milliseconds", for example, in the case of "800 ms", the extension rate ER of the comparison target INT is "600% to 700%". Even if it is, the time width is about 4800 ms to 5600 ms. With this amount of time, there is no need to bring out a player-participatory production or a flashy production. On the contrary, the balance between the production time width and the production content is lost.

(About the relationship between the extension rate and the production as seen from the experimental values)
Here, the experimental results (questionnaire survey results) are shown regarding the balance between the production time width and the production content. FIG. 14 shows how long the interval time is for 100 beginners to advanced players (in-house) to feel the most delayed feeling (including, for example, boredom, malaise, and discomfort). This is the result of the questionnaire. In this questionnaire, we actually prepared an experimental game machine for the survey. In this experimental game machine, the start INT is 8 seconds, the number of rounds is 10R, the R interval INT is 3 seconds, and the end INT time width is 60 seconds. The questionnaire method is to record the number of seconds when receiving "Isn't it?", "The production is long", etc. In addition, for the ED production during the end INT, a case using "non-player participation type production" such as displaying a predetermined movie image without using the player participation type production (Fig. 14 (a)) and a mini Two types of questionnaires were conducted in the case (Fig. 14 (b)) using the "player participation type production" that shows the game. The vertical axis of the illustrated bar graph indicates the number of people, and the horizontal axis indicates the time width of the end INT. Here, in order to make the questionnaire results easy to understand, the graph is drawn every 4000 ms. For example, in the graph of 12000 ms in FIG. 14 (a), it is shown that there were "two" players who recorded that they received a feeling of extension between "12000 ms and less than 16000 ms". In addition, since it is thought that the second and subsequent times are more likely to be delayed than the first look, in the illustrated questionnaire, the experiment was carried out at least twice, and the average value of the number of seconds recorded by each survey subject was graphed. It was done.

According to the results of these questionnaires, in the case of the non-player participation type production shown in FIG. 14 (a), when the interval time is about 24 seconds or more, the number of players who receive a feeling of delay increases exponentially. The peak value is shown at 38 seconds or longer. In particular, when it is 28 seconds or more, there are a large number of players who feel a feeling of delay. That is, it was obtained that many players (about 80% of the total in this questionnaire survey) felt a feeling of delay when it was about 24 to 40 seconds. On the other hand, in the case of the player participation type production shown in FIG. 14 (b), the player actively participates in the mini-game, and the feeling of delay is greatly reduced especially in about 24 to 40 seconds. .. It was found that 80% or more of the survey subjects did not feel the delay in about 50 seconds (less than 48 seconds in the figure). Considering from the results of these questionnaires, in the case of non-player participation type production, if an INT of about 30 seconds (28 seconds or more in the figure) is provided, some measures are taken so that the player does not feel delayed. (Measures for production) will be required. In the case of Example 1, for example, when viewed with reference to 7500 ms of the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A, which is the shortest end INT, the extension rate ER has an end INT of about "300% to 350% ≤ ER". It can be said that it is preferable to make a player-participation-type production such as a mini-game or a change of clothes effect appear for a big hit. With reference to the extension rates of FIGS. 13A to 13D, it can be seen that the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A, the special figure 1 side 5R probability change, the special figure 2 side 10R probability change, etc. are the actual target jackpots of the player participation type production. I understand. Note that, unlike the mini-game, the above-mentioned change-of-clothes effect does not notify information about the game, so even when the extension rate ER is relatively smaller than that of the mini-game (INT is relatively short). Can be used. In the above mini-game, when the end INT is relatively long "special figure 1 side 5R probability change (end INT = 45500 ms)" or "special figure 2 side 10R probability change (end INT = 48000 ms)", the change of clothes effect is , It is preferable to use it in the case of the special figure 1 side 5R time saving A (end INT = 43000 ms) of the end INT which is relatively shorter than that.

Further, a simple player participation type production such as a music selection production that appears during the start INT is suitable when the extension rate ER is even smaller (for example, "150% <ER <300% to 350%"). Therefore, in the case of this example 1, as described above, it is adopted as an effect during the start INT (interval time of about 15 to 20 seconds). However, when the interval time is approximately 20 seconds or less, it is considered that the time width does not give the player a feeling of delay, so that the player participation type production does not have to appear. In addition, the combination of the above-mentioned "flashy production" and the player participation type production is an effective means for eliminating the feeling of delay. In the case of this example 1, as already explained, the above-mentioned "flashy production" and the above-mentioned "music selection production (simple)" for the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation (big hit with a relatively long start INT). Player participation type production) ”has been revealed.

In this way, this "extension rate" can be effectively used as an index when deciding for which jackpot the player participation type production or the flashy production is provided. In any case, the extension rate ER can be an important index in considering various phenomena such as what kind of production should be prepared during INT and what kind of extension degree is.

(8-2-1B. Relationship between big hits between different special figures)
Next, the relationship between the jackpots between different special figures will be described. The jackpot types (α1N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side and the jackpot types (β1N to β2F) on the special figure 2 side have the following relationships.

(D) The highest advantage jackpot (β2N to β2F) on the special figure 2 side has a longer total INT than any jackpot (α1N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side. For example, the extension rate ER of the total INT of "special figure 2 side 10R probability change" with respect to "special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A" or "special figure 1 side 5R probability change" is "100% <extension rate ER". .. In addition, the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation (highest advantage jackpot) according to Example 1 has a longer total R-to-R INT due to the larger number of rounds than the other jackpots (15000 ms longer for 5R), but tentatively. Even if the maximum number of rounds is the same, the total INT becomes longer (when converted to a maximum of 5R, the total INT is 83500 ms (98500 ms-15000 ms)). If the 10R probability change on the 2nd side of the special figure is won during the consecutive villa state (when there is continuous electric support between big hits), the increase range of the base value will be higher than other big hits, so the total INT should be as much as possible. It is preferably for a long time. Therefore, regarding the total INT of the 10R probability variation on the special figure 2 side, the total INT is set to be longer than other big hits even when converted to a maximum of 5R.

(E) The minimum advantage jackpot (β1N to β1F) on the special figure 2 side has at least a shorter total INT than the maximum advantage jackpot (α2N to α2F) on the special figure 1 side. In the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A according to this example 1, the total INT is shorter during the total big hit, and the total INT is shorter than the lowest advantage big hit (α1N to α1F) on the special figure 1 side. For example, the extension rate ER of the total INT of "special figure 2 side 5R time A" with respect to "special figure 1 side 5R probability variation" is "extension rate ER <100%". In this way, in the case of a big hit with a low advantage on the special figure 2 side (especially in the case of a minimum advantage big hit), it is a hit game in the consecutive villa that the total INT is relatively short. This is to increase the digestion speed as much as possible so as not to impair the feeling of ball ejection (feeling of ball ejection speed). In this example 1, for the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A (lowest advantage big hit), the total INT is set to be the shortest among all big hits, while for the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation (highest advantage big hit), The total INT is set to be the longest of all the big hits, and it is devised so as not to impair the feeling of coming out while suppressing the fluctuation range of the base value.

(F) The extension rate of the total INT of the highest advantage jackpot on the special figure 2 side with respect to one jackpot on the special figure 1 side (α1N to α1F or α2N to α2F) is set to “ERα”, and among the jackpots on the special figure 2 side. When the extension rate of the total INT of the highest advantage jackpot (β2N to β2F) with respect to the low advantage jackpot (β1N to β1F) is set to “ERβ”, the relationship of “extension rate ERα <extension rate ERβ” is satisfied. For example, as shown in FIG. 13C, the extension rate ERα of the total INT of the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot with respect to the special figure 1 side 5R time reduction A is about 135% (normally about 142% at the time of winning), and the special figure 2 side 5R. The extension rate ERβ of the total INT of the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot with respect to the time saving A is about 263% (normally about 276% at the time of winning) as shown in FIG. 13D.

(G) Although not shown, when a jackpot type (not shown) is provided, for example, when "special figure 2 side 5R probability change" is provided instead of "special figure 2 side 10R probability change", special figure 1 The side 5R probability variation and the advantage are the same, but the special figure 2 side is a big hit that wins when hitting right, that is, it is mainly a big hit type that can be won while there is electric support (during a consecutive villa). When considering the relationship of advantage, it is preferable to consider the above-mentioned "special figure type" and set the relationship of advantage to "special figure 1 side 5R probability <special figure 2 side 5R probability change". In this way, when a jackpot type (not shown) is provided, in accordance with the above-mentioned "8-1. High and low advantages when comparing each jackpot", the advantage of each jackpot is appropriately considered. The relationship of extension rates described in (A) to (F) above can be applied.

(H) Further, in FIGS. 13A to 13D, the extension rate is shown for the sections of start INT, R-to-R INT, end INT, and total INT, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the following sections are used. It may be a target. For example, at least one section of each OP section of the start INT, at least one section of the R-to-R INT section of each round, or at least one section of each ED section of each end INT. Specifically, it is the extension rate when the OP sections 1 are compared with each other (the extension rate of the second jackpot OP section 1 with respect to the first jackpot OP section 1) and the like. For example, the OP section 1 of the 5R time saving A on the special figure 1 side is 6000 ms (see FIG. 7), and the OP section 1 of the 10R probability variation jackpot on the special figure 2 side is 14000 ms (see FIGS. 10 to 12). The extension rate of the OP section 1 of the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot with respect to the OP section 1 of the side 5R time saving A is "extension rate ER = about 233%". In this way, the INT period can be subdivided, in other words, the extension rate for a specific production section can be calculated, and the value can be used as an index of the degree of extension.

(8-3: Extension rate according to the case of Specific Example 2: FIG. 15)
Next, the extension rate according to the case of this example 2 (specific example 2) shown in FIG. 15 will be described. The difference between this example 2 and this example 1 (FIG. 6) is that the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A (time reduction number 100 times) is replaced with the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction B (time reduction number 50 times). Yes (see FIG. 15 (A)).

As for the interval time, as shown in FIG. 15 (B), other big hits including the replaced special figure 2 side 5R time saving B are the same as in this example 1 (FIG. 6), and therefore, the value of the extension rate. The same is true.

However, regarding the advantage between each big hit, as shown in FIG. 15 (C), the special figure 1 side 5R time saving B is a big hit whose advantage is relatively lower than the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A, so a13 ( The subscript indicates a matrix) has changed to "△ → ○", and a31 has changed to a relationship of "△ → ×".

This Example 2 (FIG. 15) is also substantially the same as the content described in the above-mentioned Example 1 (FIG. 6) (between each jackpot according to the above "8-2-1: Specific Example 1". Regarding extension rate ”, see FIGS. 13A to 13D).

The above-described Examples 1 and 2 (including the following Examples 3 to 5) are representative examples of preferred embodiments of the present invention, and the present invention describes the above (A). (H) can include at least one of the configurations. Further, the technical idea of the present invention includes all the technical ideas that can be derived from the description of each INT and the extension rates shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D (including the extension rates according to (G) and (H) above). included.

<9. About total INT in the state of consecutive villas>
(9-1. Specific Example 3: FIGS. 16 and 17)
In the above, the relationship between each jackpot has been described by focusing on the jackpot game period, the extension rate, and the hitting effect. Here, as Example 3 (Specific Example 3), the relationship between each jackpot will be described by focusing on the elapsed time (total INT) when the jackpots are consecutively villaged.

With reference to FIG. 16, the jackpot type of this example 3 is newly changed to the jackpot type of the special figure 2 side of the above example 1 shown in FIG. 6 (A) as shown in FIG. 16 (A). "Big hit" is added. Further, each INT is as shown in FIG. 16 (B). Further, the relationship of the advantage of each jackpot according to this example 3 is based on the same rule (game state type priority determination method) as in the above specific example 1, "5R time saving B jackpot <5R time saving A jackpot <5R probability variation jackpot <10R. Treated as "probability change jackpot" (not shown). Therefore, the newly provided "special figure 2 side 5R probability variation" has a higher advantage than the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A, and has a lower advantage than the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot "medium advantage jackpot". It is the position of.

First, the hitting effect related to the 5R probability variation on the special drawing 2 side of Example 3 will be described. Regarding the OP production during the start INT, the same as the "Special Figure 1 side 5R time saving medium-time winning pattern A", the "blessing production" (here, the production that notifies that the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation winning is done. (It belongs to the usual blessing production (non-flashy production)), "music selection production", "music decision production", and "right-handed suggestion production" appear in sequence. As for the production during the round game and the INT between R, the "character introduction production" for the 5R probability change on the special figure 2 side appears. In addition, regarding the ED effect during the end INT, the "acquired ball number notification effect", the "transition destination game state suggestion effect", and the "probability change transition standby screen" appear in sequence. Although the end INT related to the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is longer than the end INT related to the special figure 2 side 5R time reduction A (see FIG. 16B), the production time width is acquired. It is assigned to the production time of the ball number notification effect.

FIG. 17 focuses on the “probability change jackpot” that greatly affects the consecutive villa state, and shows a model case (patterns 1 to 4: consecutive villa pattern) of the consecutive villa state (when the probability change state continues continuously) of the probability change big hit. It is shown. Here, we mainly focus on the "probability change jackpot on the special figure 2 side", which is the jackpot that is the target of the lottery during the consecutive villas (the jackpot that is the target of the consecutive villas). The reason is that if a consecutive villa occurs while there is electric support, it is a big hit type that has the greatest effect on the rise in the base value.

Each of the patterns 1 to 4 in the figure shows a consecutive villa case when the total number of digested lands reaches 30 rounds. Specifically, pattern 1 is a case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 6 consecutive villas, and pattern 2 is a case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 4 consecutive villas and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won once. Pattern 3 shows a case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation is 2 consecutive villas and a special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is 2 consecutive villas, and pattern 4 shows a case where the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is 3 consecutive villas. The order in which all patterns were won is in no particular order.

Here, paying attention to the total INT of one big hit, for the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation on the low advantage side, the INT time per 1R (unit round) with respect to the total INT "Runt" (total INT ÷ maximum number of rounds) Is "8000 ms" (INT time / 1R), and the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation on the high advantage side is "9850 ms". That is, the above-mentioned "Runt" has a relationship in which the time width is "low advantage jackpot <high advantage jackpot". Also, out of the total number of digestion rounds, calculate the number of digestion rounds "Rdig" occupied by each jackpot, and multiply that value by the "Runt" of each jackpot to calculate the total (Σ (Runt x Rdig)). For example, the "total INT time" required for the total digestion round is calculated. For example, the total INT time required for 15R digestion in pattern 1 can be calculated as follows. Of the total digestion round 15R, the digestion round due to the special figure 2 side 5R probability change occupies 15R (special figure 2 side 5R probability change x 3 times). Therefore, the total INT time is "8000 ms x 15R = 12000 ms". In the case of pattern 3, the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation occupies 10R portion and the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation occupies 5R portion of the total digestion round 15R (special figure 2 side 5R probability variation × 2 times + special figure). 2 side 10R probability variation x 1/2 times), the total INT time is "8000ms x 10R + 9850ms x 5R = 129250ms". The total INT time required for 5R to 30R digestion for each pattern is as shown in the figure.

That is, when there are N types of jackpots with different advantages (in the case of this example 3, the advantages according to the maximum number of rounds), the INT time per 1R (unit round) of each jackpot is set to "Runt1, Runt2, ... , Runt (K-1), RuntK "(K = 1 to N), and the number of digestion rounds occupied by each jackpot is" Rdig1, Rdig2, ..., Rdig (K-1), RdigK "(K = 1). In the case of ~ N), the "total INT time (Σ (RuntK × RdigK): K = 1 to N)" required for digestion of the total number of digestion rounds “Rtal” at the time of consecutive villas is the total number of digestion rounds (Rtal). Of these, the relatively large number of digestion rounds due to high-advantage jackpots, the longer the total INT time (the digestion speed of jackpot games slows down), and conversely, the number of digestion rounds due to low-advantage jackpots increases. It has the characteristic that the larger the number, the shorter the time (the digestion speed of the big hit game becomes faster).

For example, focusing on 10R (Rtal = 10R), which corresponds to the least common multiple of the maximum number of rounds of the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation (low advantage) and the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation (high advantage), "Special Figure 2 The digestion speed of the jackpot game when the 10R minute digestion is performed by making the side 5R probability variation two consecutive villas, rather than the digestion speed of the jackpot game when the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is won once. The speed is slower than the digestion speed of the jackpot game. In particular, the rate of consecutive villas is finite. For example, in the case of Example 3, the probability variation inrush rate is 65% (130/200), and the average number of consecutive villas is about 3 to 4 times (including consecutive villas in a short time). When designing a gaming machine, the following points are important from the viewpoints of both the feeling of a ball coming out (the fun of the gaming machine) and the ease of conformity of the type test (legal request).
(Α) When a low-advantage big hit (here, 5R probability change on the special figure 2 side) is repeated, the number of balls to be ejected is small and the increase in the base value is small. On the other hand, it is important to give a feeling of coming out. (Β) On the other hand, when a high-advantage big hit (here, 10R probability change on the special figure 2 side) is repeated, there are many balls coming out and there is a feeling of coming out, but it conforms to the type test by suppressing the sudden rise in the base value. The point of making it easy is important. In addition, for example, in order to obtain "Rtal = 30R" (excluding the first hit), 6 consecutive villas are required if the special figure 2 side 5R probability change, but the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is required for 3 consecutive villas. To reach. That is, the relatively large number of Rtals means that the low-advantage jackpot must be made in Dalian. Therefore, considering that the consecutive villa rate is finite, Dalian on the low-advantage jackpot side that rarely occurs. It is important to consider the speed of getting balls by placing more emphasis on the high-advantage Dalian villas than on the villas.

In view of these points, in Example 3, at least for the big hit on the special figure 2 side (the big hit for the target in the consecutive villas), as the advantage increases, the "Runt" becomes relatively long. It has been decided. As a result, in the case of a low-advantage jackpot, the number of balls to be ejected is small, but the speed of ball ejection is improved and the feeling of ball ejection is increased. It is possible to provide a well-balanced gaming machine that slows down the speed and suppresses the increase in the base value (it becomes easier to conform to the type test) (the same applies to Example 4 described later). The above-mentioned "Runt" can be used as an index useful when considering various events related to the jackpot game, like the above-mentioned extension rate "ER".

In the case of patterns 1 to 4 shown in FIG. 17, as shown in the figure, the number of digestion rounds due to the 10R probability variation on the special figure 2 side is relatively large in the order of patterns 1, 2, 3, and 4. Therefore, the length of the total INT time has a relationship of "Pattern 1 (shortest) <Pattern 2 <Pattern 3 <Pattern 4 (longest)" (for example, the total INT time during digestion of 10R, 20R, and 30R shown in FIG. 17). See column).

In this example 3, the consecutive villa pattern of the probabilistic jackpot is shown, but even when the time-saving jackpot intervenes (when the winning of 5R time-saving A on the special figure 2 side intervenes), the relationship between the length of the total INT time is It is the same. More specifically, the relationship between the advantages of each jackpot is "special figure 2 side 5R time saving A <special figure 2 side 5R probability change <special figure 2 side 10R probability change" as already explained, and special figure 2 side 5R. The above-mentioned "Runt" of the time saving A is "7500 ms" (37500 ms (total INT) ÷ 5R (maximum number of rounds)). That is, among the big hits on the special figure 2 side, the runt of the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A having the lowest advantage is set as the shortest time. Therefore, in this case as well, the relationship that the total INT time becomes longer as the number of digestion rounds by the jackpot, which has a relatively high advantage, increases is the same.

(9-2. Specific Example 4: FIGS. 18, 19)
Next, a modified example (Specific Example 4) of the above-mentioned Example 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 19. The contents substantially the same as the contents of the above-mentioned Specific Example 3 will be omitted as appropriate in order to avoid duplicate description.

With reference to FIG. 18, the jackpot type of this example 4 (specific example 4) is the jackpot type on the special figure 2 side of the above-mentioned example 3 (FIG. 16 (A)) as shown in FIG. 18 (A). "2R probability change jackpot" is added. Further, each INT is as shown in FIG. 18 (B).

Here, the relationship of the advantage of each jackpot according to Example 4 is different between the case of dealing with the above-mentioned "Runt" and the case of dealing with the above-mentioned "extension rate ER". When dealing with "Runt", paying particular attention to the relationship of the jackpot on the special figure 2 side, and following the same rule (game state type priority determination method) as in the above specific example 3, "special figure 2 side 5R time saving A jackpot" It is treated as <special figure 2 side 2R probability variation jackpot <special figure 2 side 5R probability variation jackpot <special figure 2 side 10R probability variation jackpot ". The reason is that when dealing with the above INT time "Runt", attention should be paid to the probabilistic jackpot on the special figure 2 side, which is the jackpot for consecutive villas, that is, the jackpot type that most affects the increase in the base value. On the other hand, when dealing with the above "extension rate ER", the relationship of the advantage of each jackpot is set as "2R probability variation jackpot <5R time saving A jackpot <5R probability variation jackpot <10R probability variation jackpot" according to the above-mentioned ball ejection number priority determination method. deal with. In this way, when dealing with different indexes (INT time Runt and extension rate ER), it is preferable to adopt an appropriate method for determining the advantage and effectively utilize each index.

First, the hitting effect related to the 2R probability variation on the special drawing 2 side of Example 4 will be described. Since the 2R probability variation on the special figure 2 side is a big hit in which a small round game of 2 rounds is executed, the start INT and the end INT are the shortest among all the big hits. Therefore, in the special figure 2 side 2R probability change, the production amount of the hitting effect is the smallest, and the OP effect is the "normal blessing effect" and the "right-handed suggestion effect" that notify the winning of the special figure 2 side 2R probability change. ", And for the production during the round game and the INT between R, a predetermined movie production for 2R probability variation on the special figure 2 side appears. As for the ED effect, the "transition destination game state suggestion effect" and the "probability change transition standby screen" appear in sequence (the acquired ball number notification effect does not appear).

FIG. 19 shows a model case (patterns 1 to 5) of the probabilistic jackpot in a continuous villa state with respect to this example 4. Each of the patterns 1 to 5 in the figure shows a consecutive villa case when the total number of digested lands reaches 20 rounds. Specifically, pattern 1 is a case where the special figure 2 side 2R probability variation is 10 consecutive villas, and pattern 2 is a case where the special figure 2 side 2R probability variation is 5 consecutive villas and the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation is 2 consecutive villas. Pattern 3 is a case where the special figure 2 side 2R probability change is 5 consecutive villas and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change is won once, and pattern 4 is the case where the special figure 2 side 5R probability change is 2 consecutive villas and the special figure 2 side 10R probability change. The case of winning once, pattern 5, shows the case where the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation is two consecutive villas. The order in which all patterns were won is in no particular order.

In the case of this example 4, the "Runt" of each jackpot on the special figure 2 side is as follows.
Runt = 7500ms (37500ms ÷ 5) of 5R time saving A on the special figure 2 side,
Special figure 2 side 2R probability variation Runt = 9500ms (19000ms / 2),
Special figure 2 side 5R probability variation Runt = 9600ms (48000ms / 5),
Runt = 9850ms (98500ms ÷ 10) of the special figure 2 side 10R probability variation.

As described above, the relationship of "Runt" in each jackpot on the special figure 2 side is as follows: "Special figure 2 side 5R time saving A (minimum advantage) <special figure 2 side 2R probability change <special figure 2 side 5R probability change <special figure 2 side 10R probability variation (highest advantage) ". In the case of the specific example 4, as in the specific example 3, the total INT time becomes longer as the number of digestion rounds due to the jackpot, which has a relatively high advantage, is larger than the total number of digestion rounds (Rtal). In the case of patterns 1 to 5 shown in FIG. 19, as shown in the figure, the proportion of the number of digestion rounds due to the jackpot, which has a relatively high advantage, increases in the order of patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, and the total The relationship between the length of the INT time is "Pattern 1 (shortest) <Pattern 2 <Pattern 3 <Pattern 4 <Pattern 5 (longest)" (for example, the column of the total INT time at the time of digesting 10R and 20R shown in FIG. 19). reference). In addition, even when the time saving jackpot intervenes (when the winning of the special figure 2 side 5R time saving A intervenes), the relationship between the length of the total INT time is the same.

(9-3. Specific Example 5: FIG. 20, FIG. 21)
Next, a specific example 5 (this example 5) will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 and 21. Example 5 illustrates a case in which the above-mentioned consecutive villa pattern of Example 4 is considered including the symbol variation display game execution period at the time of winning a big hit, that is, the variation time related to the variation pattern. The contents of this example 5 which are substantially the same as the contents of this example 4 will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate description.

FIG. 20A shows an example of the fluctuation time related to the fluctuation pattern at the time of winning the probability variation jackpot (2R probability variation, 5R probability variation, 10R probability variation) on the special figure 2 side, and FIG. 20B shows these. An example of the selectivity of the fluctuation pattern is shown. The fluctuation pattern of FIG. 20A typically shows a fluctuation pattern related to the shortest fluctuation time and the longest fluctuation time, but to be precise, a plurality of types of fluctuation patterns in which various fluctuation times are defined are provided. Has been done. The average fluctuation time is the average fluctuation time calculated based on the selectivity shown in FIG. 6B.

FIG. 21 shows the total elapsed time when the fluctuation time is taken into consideration for each of the consecutive villa patterns (patterns 1 to 5) shown in FIG. 19 (the above-mentioned Example 4). The "total elapsed time" here means the "execution period (variable time) of the symbol variation display game at the time of winning the jackpot + the total INT time related to the jackpot game" when a certain jackpot is won. The elapsed time Pt ”is the sum of the elapsed time Pts related to all the jackpots related to the consecutive villas. For example, in the case of pattern 2 (see FIG. 19), since the special figure 2 side 2R probability variation is 5 consecutive and the special figure 2 side 5R probability variation is 2 consecutive, for example, all the fluctuation patterns at the time of winning have the shortest fluctuation time. If it has, the total elapsed time is calculated as follows.
(Ζ) The total elapsed time related to the winning of the 2R probability change on the special figure 2 side is
Elapsed time Pt1 "Minimum fluctuation time 20000 ms + 19000 ms (during probabilistic change)" x 5 stations = 195000 ms (total fluctuation time 100,000 ms, total INT 95,000 ms)
(Η) The total elapsed time related to the winning of the 5R probability change on the special figure 2 side is
Elapsed time Pt2 "Minimum fluctuation time 75,000 ms + 48,000 ms (during probabilistic change)" x 2 stations = 246,000 ms (total fluctuation time 150,000 ms, total INT 96000 ms)
Therefore, the total elapsed time of pattern 2 ((ζ) + (η)) is
It is calculated as "195000 ms + 246000 ms" = 441000 ms (see the column of pattern 2 in FIG. 21 (A)).

In addition, since the operation holding ball may occur frequently while there is an electric support state, the operation holding ball is treated as always existing, and the time required to hold the operation holding ball is ignored. In addition, here, the case of winning a loss is excluded, because as a model case in which the base value rises significantly, a case assuming a case of continuous winning without the intervention of a loss is handled ( The same applies to patterns 1 and patterns 3 to 5).

FIG. 21 shows a list summarizing the total fluctuation time, the total INT time, and the total elapsed time calculated as described above. In each of FIGS. 21 (A) to 21 (C), when the jackpot is won, the variation pattern of the shortest fluctuation time is selected, the fluctuation pattern of the average fluctuation time is selected, and the maximum fluctuation time is all selected. It shows the case where the fluctuation pattern is selected. The “case of average fluctuation time” shown in FIG. 3B is the most assumed model case in normal game progress.

In addition, in patterns 6 to 8 of FIG. It shows the total fluctuation time, the total INT time, and the total elapsed time, assuming the case where the minutes are digested only by the jackpot.

The characteristic part of Example 5 is that when Rtal = N (round), the total elapsed time until Rtal = N is reached (variable time during consecutive villas + total INT time during consecutive villas (single shot is also as consecutive villas). (Handle)), but the longer it takes to include a jackpot with a relatively high advantage. This point is as shown in FIGS. 21 (A) to 21 (C) at the time of digestion of "Rtal = 20R" and FIG. 21 (D) at the time of digestion of "Rtal = 10R".

According to Example 5, the more jackpots with relatively high advantages are included, the longer the total elapsed time is, and the more suitable the type test can be. On the contrary, the more big hits with relatively low advantage are included, the shorter the total elapsed time is, so that the sense of speed at the time of consecutive villas is enhanced, that is, the feeling of ball ejection is not impaired. Can be done. In this way, by devising the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of each jackpot and its selection rate, the same action and effect as in this example 3 and this example 4 described above, that is, in the case of a low-advantage jackpot, the ball output is Although it is small, the ball ejection speed is improved and the feeling of ball ejection is increased. It is possible to provide a well-balanced gaming machine.

The present invention may be configured as shown in (K) to (N) below.
(K) At least, the total elapsed time of the jackpot with the highest advantage (in this example, the 10R probability variation on the special figure 2 side) may be longer than that of other jackpots. (L) The total elapsed time of at least the lowest advantage jackpot (in this example, the 2R probability variation on the special figure 2 side) may be shorter than that of other jackpots. (M) The fluctuation time is not limited to the fluctuation time and / or selectivity shown in FIG. 20 as long as the object of the present invention can be achieved, and can be appropriately determined. For example, in FIG. 20, the relationship between the shortest, longest, and average fluctuation times is "special figure 2 side 2R probability variation <special figure 2 side 5R probability variation <special figure 2 side 10R probability variation", but the relationship is not limited to this. , Shortest, longest, and average fluctuation times may be partly the same, such as "special figure 2 side 5R probability variation <special figure 2 side 2R probability variation <special figure 2 side 10R probability variation". Some relationships may be reversed. (N) Also, as one index, the total elapsed time (when considering the fluctuation time) and / or the total INT time until Rtal (total number of digested rounds) digests the least common multiple of the maximum number of rounds of each jackpot. (When the fluctuation time is not taken into consideration) may be configured so that the jackpot with a relatively high advantage has a longer time (the jackpot with a relatively low advantage has a shorter time) (the consecutive villa of Example 3). The same applies to patterns). In the case of Example 5, as shown in FIG. 21 (D), the total elapsed time and / or the total INT time is "Special Figure 2 side 2R probability variation (low advantage) <Special Figure 2 side 5R probability variation <Special Figure 2 side 10R. It can be configured to satisfy "probability (high advantage)".

In this embodiment, the jackpot target for the consecutive villas has been described as the jackpot type on the special figure 2 side, but depending on the game state (usually, depending on the time reduction, probability change, or latency, or depending on the presence or absence of electric support. When there is no advantage or disadvantage depending on the hitting method (right-handed or left-handed), or when there is almost no difference in the advantage (substantially either method does not cause any disadvantage to the player) ), The first hit target jackpot and the consecutive villa target jackpot do not distinguish between the special figure 1 side and the special figure 2 side, and the values such as the degree of advantage, extension rate ER, RUNT, and various INT times for all big hits are used. You can consider it. In addition, there is no advantage or disadvantage in the way of hitting depending on the game state, but in the state without electric support, a prize is given to the special figure 1 side start port (for example, the upper start port 34) and the special figure 2 side start port (for example, lower). It is difficult or impossible to win a prize in the starting port 35), but in a state where there is electric support, a game in which a special figure 2 side starting port (lower starting port 35) frequently wins a prize due to a general electric open game. In the case of a machine, the first hit target jackpot is the jackpot type on the special figure 1 side, and the consecutive villa target jackpot is the special figure 2 side jackpot type. Good.

[Second Embodiment]
Next, a second embodiment according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 22 to 25.
<Examples 1 to 4: FIGS. 22 to 25>
22 to 25 are explanatory views provided for the explanation of Examples 1 to 4 according to the second embodiment. Of these, Example 1 (FIGS. 22A to E) is in a normal state, and Example 2 (FIGS. 23A to E) is in a probabilistic state. The transition of the above and the transition of the advance notice production are shown with the passage of time. Further, Example 3 (FIGS. 24A to E) shows the transition of the gaming state and the transition of the advance notice effect when the “probability change jackpot” is won in the probability variation state, and the transition of the advance notice effect, and Example 4 (FIG. 25A). ~ E) shows the transition of the gaming state and the transition of the advance notice effect when the "time saving jackpot" is won in the probabilistic state with the passage of time.

In Examples 1 to 4, the "game state" includes a normal state (low probability / without electric support / special figure, with fluctuation in normal figure) and a probabilistic state (high probability / with electric support / special figure). (There is a change in the normal map). Regarding "directing", the directing flow (outline of various effects appearing in the symbol variation display game: outline of the directing scenario), liquid crystal directing (image display directing), movable body (movable body directing), decorative design (decoration) Items related to the symbol (effect mode related to the symbol) and mini symbol (effect mode related to the fourth symbol) (items related to the light effect and sound effect are not shown), and regarding the special symbol, the special symbol segment (special symbol display device 38a, Regarding the items of 39b (7-segment), right-handed display (right-handed suggestion effect), right-handed notification lamp (display mode of right-handed display device 39b), and right-handed launch direction (left). There is an item for hitting / right-handed.

<Example 1: FIGS. 22A to 22E>
22A to 22E show, as the first embodiment, in the big hit lottery under the "normal state" (low probability, no electric support / fluctuation of special figure and normal figure), "probability change big hit (for example, 5R probability change big hit). 10R probability variation jackpot) ”or“ time-saving jackpot (for example, time-saving A jackpot, time-saving B jackpot) ”is shown, showing the transition of the gaming state and the transition of the production system with the passage of time. Of these, the first FIG. 22A is a comparative example (hereinafter, referred to as “comparative example 1”), and the remaining FIGS. 22B to 22E are specific examples 1 to 4 (hereinafter, this example 1) of the second embodiment. , This example 2 ... Abbreviated as in this example 4).

In the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E), any of the jackpot types (winning types) shown in FIG. 4 is targeted as the jackpot type. That is, it is a specific example that can be applied when any of the jackpot types shown in FIG. 4 is won. Since the first embodiment deals with winning in the normal state, it mainly targets the big hit type related to "Special Figure 1" which is the target of "first hit". Note that the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E) can also be applied to a latent jackpot type that triggers a transition to a latent state (not shown), and there is no particular limitation on the jackpot type (described later). The same applies to the examples of FIGS. 23 to 25). Further, in the first embodiment (FIGS. 22A to 22E), the production flow (effect scenario) related to the SPSP reach type is typically dealt with, but it may be applied to the SP reach type, or only a specific reach type. It may be applied to, and what kind of reach type it is applied to can be appropriately determined (the same applies to the examples of FIGS. 23 to 25 described later).

(1) Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A)
In the normal state, when a big hit is won, the effect flow proceeds as shown below in Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A). Here, since the case where a big hit is won is described, the fluctuation pattern related to the special figure deals with the hit reach fluctuation pattern. The jackpot types described below are not particularly limited to specific jackpots.

(A) Elapsed time 0s to 24s (0s ≤ time t <24s): SP reach pre-stage When the symbol variation display game is started (time 0s) with reference to FIG. 22A, the effect flow (effect scenario) is changed. It changes from "high-speed fluctuation (variation display in high-speed fluctuation state)" (elapsed time 0s to 15s) to reach fluctuation (elapsed time 15s to 24s). During the "high-speed fluctuation" period (time 0s to 15s), the decorative symbol continues the high-speed fluctuation display for a predetermined time, then the left symbol is temporarily stopped and then the right symbol is temporarily stopped. (For example, the left symbol and the right symbol shift from the high-speed fluctuation state to the low-speed fluctuation state and are temporarily temporarily stopped in sequence) to form a reach state (for example, "8 ↓ 8") (time 15s to 18s). Then, during the reach fluctuation period (time 15s to 24s), while the left symbol and the right symbol maintain the reach state, the middle symbol produces an SP reach development incitement effect such as swaying, enlargement / reduction, or deformation display. Performed (time 18s to 24s), a reach production that fuels the development of SP reach appears. The reach variation performed at the initial stage is an "N reach" variation, and in the case of the present embodiment, the SP reach and the SPSP reach are transferred (executed) after passing through the N reach variation. ing. Further, before the reach state is formed, various advance notice effects (notice effects related to the reach variation pattern) appear as liquid crystal effects (effect display) (time 0s to 18 s). The "mini symbol" on the LCD screen is in a high-speed fluctuating state (during variable display), and the special symbol (special symbol segment) of the special symbol display device is also in a fluctuating state (during variable display). "Display" is non-display, and "right-handed notification lamp" is not lit, that is, "left-handed" is instructed.

(B) Elapsed time 24s to 42s (24s ≤ time t <42s): SP reach stage The effect flow shifts to "SP reach" (time 24s to 42s), and as a liquid crystal effect, during this SP reach, for example, the so-called " A notice effect such as "cut-in notice" (cut-in notice during SP reach) occurs, and then a development effect suggesting the possibility of development appears in SPSP reach. This "cut-in notice" is provided with a plurality of types of cut-in notices according to the winning expectation. For example, different characters A (high expectation), B (medium expectation), and different characters used for displaying the notice are provided. There is C (low expectation) and so on. The higher the expectation of winning the cut-in notice, the higher the expectation for winning the big hit, in other words, the higher the expectation for developing SPSP reach, which will be described later. In the case of loss, the loss is notified as a result of the game without developing into SPSP reach by the development effect, and the current symbol variation display game ends. Further, even if the big hit is won, if the production content (directing scenario) ends in the SP reach without developing into the SPSP reach, the big hit winning is notified in the development production.

In addition, at the start of SP reach, the evacuation display area of the upper right corner or upper left corner of the liquid crystal screen (in the figure "upper right / upper left") so that the decorative design in the reach state does not interfere with other effects. "Save display" is displayed in (notation), etc., and the fluctuation status is displayed in this save display area. This retracted display area is a display area smaller than the display area of the normal decorative symbol, and in the case of the present embodiment, it is much smaller than the display area of one decorative symbol shown in FIG. For example, when the area of the display area of one ordinary decorative symbol is Y and the area of the retracted display area is X, it is about Y / 10 ≦ X ≦ Y / 5. In the case of the present embodiment, the "mini symbol" is not displayed in a retracted state, and the variable display is continued in the initial position. However, the mini symbol is also displayed in the display position and / or in the display area. You may change the size and display it.

(C) Elapsed time 42s to 135s (42s ≦ time t <135s): SPSP reach (developed SP reach) stage The production flow shifts from SP reach to “SPSP reach” (time 42s to 135s). In terms of production, it develops into the above-mentioned advanced SP reach (SPSP reach). When the liquid crystal effect is in the SPSP reach, the above-mentioned development effect generated during the SP reach is displayed for 3 seconds, and then the "cut-in notice" continues for a certain period of time before ending (time 45s to 57s). It changes to the participatory production "winning button production" (time 57s-69s). This "winning button effect" is an effect of notifying the result (big hit lottery result) of this symbol variation display game. For example, an operation instruction effect of "press the button!" Appears, and this operation instruction effect When the player presses the effect button 13 or the operation valid period elapses, the game result is notified. The "cut-in notice" here is a cut-in notice during SPSP reach, but like the above-mentioned SP reach cut-in notice, multiple types of cut-in notices are provided according to the degree of expectation of winning. There is. For example, there are different characters D (high expectation), E (medium expectation), F (low expectation) used for the notice display.

When the above winning button effect is completed, the liquid crystal effect then shifts to the "movable body appearance effect" (time 69s to 87s), "rainbow flash" (time 87s to 105s), and "winning effect" (time 105s to 135s). I will go. The "movable body appearance effect" is an effect that encourages whether or not a movable body effect appears. Here, since the big hit winning is dealt with, the movable body effect appears by the movable body appearance effect (time 69s to 87s) described later after the winning button effect, but in the case of loss, the movable body effect does not appear. Instead, the decorative design corresponding to the loss is stopped and displayed, and this game ends. The "rainbow flash" is a flashy effect that definitely notifies that the jackpot has been won. For example, the LCD screen flashes in rainbow colors, and the effect LED (not shown) develops in rainbow colors and explodes. Special sound effects such as sounds are generated. Further, the "winning effect" is an effect of definitively notifying that a big hit has been won, as in the case of the rainbow flash, but here, a predetermined display mode in which the decorative symbol indicates a big hit, for example, 7 symbols are aligned, etc. The combination of decorative patterns is displayed (winning display). However, the decorative symbol displayed at this stage is displayed in the temporary stop display state (for example, the swaying fluctuation display state). The final combination of decorative symbols is stopped and displayed (confirmed) after the "promotion effect" described later.

During the period when the "movable body appearance effect" is generated, for example, as a movable body effect, the movable body accessory (flower-shaped accessory) 90 (first movable body 91 (flower-shaped portion 91) and second movable body 92 (arm) 92)) is the period during which a predetermined motion (for example, a swing motion) is performed, that is, the period during which the “first movable body + second movable body appearance” in FIG. 22A is performed. The period during which the "rainbow flash" occurs (time 87s to 102s) is the period during which the "first movable body + second movable body stop" is performed. In this "first movable body + second movable body stop" period, as a movable body effect, for example, while maintaining a state in which the arm 92 of the second movable body is stopped at the position of the broken line portion shown in FIG. 2, the first The flower-shaped portion 91 of the movable body rotates to produce a flashy movable body that develops a rainbow color. During the period from this "movable body appearance effect" to the "rainbow flash" (time 69s to 105s), the decorative design is not displayed on the liquid crystal screen and is "hidden". The decorative symbol is displayed during the period when the "winning effect" occurs (at least during the period when the symbol is confirmed). In addition, during the period, the mini symbol is not hidden, and the high-speed fluctuation display is continued as it is.

When the above-mentioned "rainbow flash" is generated and the player is definitively notified that the jackpot has been won, the winning effect is generated (time 105s to 135s). During the period in which the winning effect is generated, as a movable body effect, a rebounding operation is performed in which the first movable body 91 and the second movable body 92 are returned to the initial positions (time 105s to 120s), and the decorative symbol is displayed on the liquid crystal screen. The winning display (display mode indicating the jackpot winning) is performed with all the symbols aligned (time 105s to 135s). Here, as the winning display of the decorative symbol, the chance symbol (for example, even-numbered symbol alignment) or the probabilistic symbol (for example, odd-numbered symbol alignment) is displayed in the temporarily stopped display state. When the probabilistic symbol (for example, a set of odd symbols) is temporarily stopped and displayed, the probabilistic symbol is always maintained without being reduced to the chance symbol (even number symbol) in the promotion effect described later.

(D) Elapsed time 135s to 159s (135s ≤ time t <159s): Promotion production execution stage The production flow shifts from SPSP reach to "promotion effect" (time 135s to 159s), and then "design confirmation". Proceed to (time 159s to 165s).

This "promotion effect" (time 135s to 159s) is an effect of notifying whether or not the decorative symbol is promoted from the chance symbol (even symbol) to the probabilistic symbol (odd symbol) on the LCD screen. It is a production that belongs to the participatory production. In the promotion effect, first, the reception of the operation of the effect button 13 is treated as valid for a predetermined time, and the "button effect" (for example, displaying the button image on the liquid crystal screen) that prompts the button operation appears (time 135s ~). 144s). If the player operates the production button 13 within the valid reception period of this button operation, or if the valid reception period has elapsed, and as a result of the production, if the jackpot won this time is a "probability change jackpot", "promotion" "Success" is notified, and if it is "time saving big hit", "promotion failure" is notified (result notification: time 144s to 150s). The decorative symbol maintains the evacuation display, sways fluctuation display, or low-speed fluctuation display until the result is notified. If the promotion is successful, the chance symbol is converted to the probability variation symbol (odd number symbol). Winning display for promotion (probability variation symbol promotion: time 150s to 159s). On the other hand, in the case of failure in promotion, the symbol is not promoted and the chance symbol is continuously displayed as it is. In the promotion effect, a movable body effect may be performed. For example, in the case of successful promotion, the number sector is rainbow-colored (emission color corresponding to successful promotion) while rotating the clock hand 82 of the clock-type accessory 80 at high speed. ), Or the flower-shaped part 91 of the flower-shaped accessory 90 can be colored in rainbow colors while rotating at high speed. In addition, the decorative symbol may be hidden during the promotion effect, and at least the mini symbol may be in a display state (high-speed variable display) corresponding to the variable display operation of the decorative symbol (here, changing) (others). The same applies to the examples).

Further, as the content of the promotion effect, the content of the promotion is set to notify the fact that the time-saving jackpot is a probabilistic jackpot, but the present invention is not limited to this. As for the promotion-type production, the following production contents can be used according to the type of jackpot provided in the gaming machine. For example
(A) Suggesting the possibility of both a normal jackpot (first hit: not shown) and a probabilistic jackpot or a time-saving jackpot (second hit) that triggers the transition to the normal state, the normal jackpot (first hit) A production that notifies promotion from a probabilistic jackpot or a time-saving jackpot (second hit).
(B) When the probability variation jackpot is won, the number of game balls that can be acquired during the jackpot game is relatively small (for example, the maximum number of rounds is small), and the second probability variation jackpot and the jackpot game are acquired. The number of game balls to be obtained is relatively large (the number of maximum rounds is large), suggesting the possibility of both of the first probabilistic jackpots, and the number of game balls that can be obtained during the jackpot game is relatively small. A production that notifies promotion from (big hit with a small number of maximum rounds) to the first probabilistic big hit (big hit with a large number of rounds) in which the number of game balls that can be obtained during a big hit game is relatively large.
(C) When a time-saving jackpot is won, both a time-saving jackpot with a relatively small number of time-savings (second time-saving jackpot) and a time-saving jackpot with a relatively large number of time-savings (first time-saving jackpot) When there is a possibility, a promotion notification is given from a time-saving jackpot with a relatively small number of time reductions (second time-saving jackpot) to a time-saving jackpot with a relatively large number of time reductions (first time-saving jackpot).
In any case, when the promotion notification content suggests the possibility of winning both a jackpot with a relatively low advantage and a jackpot with a relatively high advantage, a jackpot with a relatively high advantage It can be the content to notify (suggest) that the winner has been won.

(E) Elapsed time 159s to 165s (159s ≤ time t <165s): Symbol confirmation stage After that, the effect flow proceeds to "design confirmation", and the special symbol (special symbol segment) by the special symbol display device corresponds to the jackpot type. A stop display mode, for example, "7" is stopped and "winning display (confirmed display)" is performed. In addition, the decorative symbol is confirmed and displayed in a display mode according to the promotion effect result, and the mini symbol is also displayed as a winner. In addition, as a liquid crystal effect, during the symbol confirmation period, a "confirmation screen" including a predetermined image display for notifying the jackpot winning is displayed on the liquid crystal screen while temporarily stopping the display until the decorative symbol is confirmed (shaking fluctuation). Is displayed. The above-mentioned "display mode according to the promotion effect result" regarding the decorative symbol is not a combination of either a chance symbol or a probabilistic symbol, or a combination of these symbols, but a character, an item, or a character display. There may be. However, at least the mini symbol has a winning display related to a special symbol jackpot winning or a decoration stop symbol (chance symbol or probabilistic variation symbol) (also for other embodiments (FIGS. 22B to 25) described later). Similarly).

(About the confirmation display period during the symbol confirmation period)
Further, in the illustration, for convenience of explanation, it is explained that the special figure is stopped and displayed during the period of "design confirmation", but to be precise, the special figure (special figure segment) by the special symbol display device is confirmed. The stop display is not performed until the display period (fixed display time) is reached (until the fluctuation time elapses), and the special figure is "variable display in progress". Specifically, the above-mentioned confirmed display time (500 ms) is provided as a confirmed display period in the latter half of the "design confirmation" period of the production flow, and when this confirmed display period arrives, the special figure is stopped and displayed (confirmed). (Displayed), and along with this, the "decorative symbol" and "mini symbol" displayed on the liquid crystal screen are also stopped and displayed (confirmed display) (each specific example and each comparative example shown in FIGS. 22B to 25D described later). The same applies to). For example, in the case of this Comparative Example 1, the period from time 0s to time 164.5s is a period during which the special figure is fluctuating, and the definite display period arrives from time 164.5s and the definite display time (500 ms) is clocked. , The special symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) during this period ("decorative design" and "mini design" are also confirmed and displayed at this stage). Then, when the confirmed display time (500 ms) elapses, the current symbol variation display game is terminated, and the game result is confirmed.

(F) Big hit game period After the symbol is confirmed, the game state shifts to the big hit game, and during the big hit game, it is controlled to the state of "no electric support + low probability state, special figure variation display game cannot be executed". The structure of the jackpot game period has already been explained. Note that FIG. 22 (FIGS. 22A to 22E) shows only the start INT period (the column of “big hit start INT” in the figure) among the jackpot game periods (the same applies to FIGS. 23 to 25 described later). Further, regarding the start INT and its OP effect shown in FIGS. 22 to 25, in order to facilitate understanding of the present invention, a specific example 1 of the first embodiment (FIGS. 6, 7 to 12, etc.) ) Will be described by appropriately changing the content to a simplified content or a content according to the second embodiment.

In the case of FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1), at the start INT of the jackpot game period (time 0s to 18s (the elapsed time at the end of the “15s” column is 18s), the opening effect (OP effect) is confirmed on the LCD screen. After the image continues for a predetermined time (time 0s to 6s during the start INT), a right-handed predetermined launch guidance notification image and a sound "Please right-hand" by a sound generator such as a speaker 46 are displayed on the LCD screen. A right-handed instruction message is sent (after the time 6s during the start INT). Also, from the time when the start INT is entered, the decorative symbol and the mini-design are hidden, and the right-handed suggestion display (right-handed suggestion effect) is displayed. Then, the right-handed notification lamp lights up. The start INT ends at a time of 183 s from the start of the symbol variation (period of the symbol variation display game (165 s) + start INT (18 s) = 183 s). When the game is completed, the game shifts to the round game execution period, and the round game is repeatedly executed up to the maximum number of rounds, whereby the player receives a large number of game balls paid out in a short time.

In the present embodiment, "right-handed" is advantageous during the big-hit game due to the arrangement of the big winning openings 50 and the like, and right-handed is recommended. However, since the start INT is a period in which the round game has not been started yet, even if the right-handed ball is started here, the game ball becomes almost a dead ball (waste ball) (in the case of this embodiment, it is large). Since the lower start opening 35 and the general winning opening 43 are provided on the downstream side of the winning opening 50, there is a possibility that these winning openings will rarely win a prize). Therefore, in order to prevent the occurrence of wasted balls as much as possible, the player does not start launching immediately even if it becomes a big hit, and usually after confirming that the voice message "Please hit right" appears. , Start launching. Then, the player acquires a large number of game balls in a short period of time by the round game during the jackpot game. In addition, when the final round game is completed, the big winning opening is closed and the end INT is started, but even during this end INT, some players stop launching in order to prevent the occurrence of wasted balls.

<Relationship between the conformity rate of the type test and the interval period during the jackpot>
If the number of balls acquired by the above-mentioned big hit game is large, the conformity rate of the type test such as the short-term test (1 hour) becomes poor. In the type test (short-term test (1 hour), medium-term test (4 hours), long-term test (10 hours), etc.), each interval period (start INT, R interval INT, end INT), which is the closing period of the grand prize opening, is set. During the entire period including the big hit, it is performed by continuing to hit right toward the big winning opening 50 located on the right side of the game board surface. Since these interval periods are periods when the big prize opening is not open, the game balls launched during these periods are almost wasted balls and have the effect of reducing the number of balls, that is, the effect of lowering the base value. It will be. Therefore, as already explained, when the interval period during the big hit game becomes long, the number of balls to be ejected decreases (the ball ejection speed during the jackpot decreases), and it becomes easier to conform to the type test (the conformity rate improves). There is a relationship.

On the other hand, in the actual game, in the start INT and the end INT, which have a relatively long time span in these interval periods, the player performs a so-called "stop hit" to stop the firing operation and suppress the generation of invalid balls. it is conceivable that. Then, the generation of invalid balls can be suppressed by the amount that the player stops and hits the gaming machine that conforms to the type test, that is, more balls can be obtained as much as the waste balls are not generated, so that the player can obtain more balls. Is beneficial. Here, it is particularly noted that the result is that the conformity rate of the type test can be maintained and the gambling property (for example, the feeling of a ball coming out) can be enhanced.

This embodiment pays attention to the relationship between the conformity rate of the above type test and the interval period during the jackpot, and by lengthening the time scale of the interval period during the jackpot, the base value is lowered to reduce the conformity rate of the type test. In addition to securing it, try to maintain a certain level of gambling when actually playing the game. In this embodiment, paying particular attention to the "start INT" placed before the start of the first round game, the period of this start INT is made to appear as if the symbol variation display game at the time of winning the big hit this time is continuing. It is composed of a pseudo-changing production period (hereinafter referred to as “additional production period”) and a subsequent “opening production period (hereinafter referred to as“ OP production period ”in the present embodiment”) and “additional production period”. The "production period" is a section in which the production by the production means is executed, but the jackpot game period is concealed in a dramatic manner (the jackpot game start concealment section), and the subsequent "OP production period" is "right-handed". A voice message such as "Please" is output to set a section (big hit game confirmation notification section) for executing an effect (big hit notification effect) that deterministically notifies that the jackpot game period is in effect. This jackpot notification effect is the first time. A production that notifies that the round game is about to start (a production related to the start of the first round game), in other words, a production that notifies that the opening (opening / closing control) of the large winning opening is started (large winning opening). (Direction regarding the start of the opening and closing period).

In other words, during the additional production period, a predetermined production (pseudo-changing production) is executed by the production means, but at this stage, it is not yet notified that the jackpot game period has been entered (no definitive notification is given). After reaching the OP production period that follows this, it is confirmed that the jackpot game period is in progress by executing a jackpot notification effect (substantial hit-time effect) such as a voice message such as "Please hit right". To make the player aware that he / she is playing a big hit. According to the present embodiment, since a part of the start INT period can be made to appear as if the game is in the symbol variation display game, the gambling property can be enhanced even when the start INT is set to a long time (). It is possible to prevent the player from giving a feeling of delay), and it is possible to improve the conformity rate of the type test. This is the novelty of the present invention. Further, the present embodiment is suitable when it is not preferable to set the end INT for a long time in terms of playability and effect in terms of trying to set the start INT for a long time. For example, it is a case where "total R interval INT or end INT <start INT".

Hereinafter, a specific example of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as “this example”) will be described with a focus on a characteristic portion of the present invention while comparing with a “comparative example”.

(2) Example 1 (Fig. 22B)
Example 1 (FIG. 22B) is a specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in a normal state. The same applies to Examples 2 to 4 (FIGS. 22C to 22E) described later. It should be noted that it is substantially the same as the contents described in Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A) (contents related to items such as liquid crystal effect, movable body effect, decorative design, mini design, special segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc.). The contents will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate descriptions.

In the above comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), under the normal state, the effect flow becomes "high-speed fluctuation-> reach variation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach-> promotion effect-> symbol determination", and the jackpot game is started. Then, as soon as the start INT related to the jackpot game period was started, the opening (OP production period) was started.

However, in this example 1 (FIG. 22B), as the production flow, "reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach-> symbol confirmation-> production in the start INT (promotion production (production during the additional production period)-> OP production)" It has come to follow the process. In this example 1, "reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach" is the same as in comparative example 1 (FIG. 22A), but in this example 1 (FIG. 22B), the promotion effect comes after "design confirmation". It differs from FIG. 22A in that the start INT starts from the point, that is, the “promotion effect” in FIG. 22A. In other words, in the start INT of this example 1, an "additional production period" is first set as a pre-stage (time 0s to time 24s during the start INT), and the above "promotion effect" is inserted here, and thereafter. As a later stage, an effect of executing an "OP effect" period corresponding to the start INT of FIG. 22A (comparative example), that is, a "big hit notification effect" that deterministically notifies that the jackpot game period is in effect. It has a two-stage production structure in which sections (time 24s to 34s) continue. As shown in FIG. 22A, the start INT according to Example 1 starts from the end of symbol determination (elapsed time 141s) and ends at elapsed time 0s to 42s (after time 183s from the start of symbol variation). .. That is, the time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in Comparative Example 1. The point that the end point of the start INT (the end of the start INT) is the same as that of Comparative Example 1 is common to FIGS. 22B to 22E (Examples 1 to 4).

More specifically, in the case of this example 1, the series of production scenarios in the symbol variation display game according to Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A) is the first production scenario (first half) related to the symbol variation display game related to the jackpot winning. ) And the second production scenario (second half) related to at least a part of the start INT (the above-mentioned additional production period) after the symbol variation display game is completed. It is a form in which the appearance is controlled. Therefore, the same effect flow as in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A proceeds from the start of the symbol variation to the additional effect period of the start INT. The effect in the second effect scenario (promotion effect in the case of this example 1), that is, the effect related to the additional effect period is a part of the hit effect (another specific example described later (this). The same applies to Example 2 to Example 14). Therefore, the promotion effect of Example 1 is a "promotion effect during hitting", and the promotion effect of Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A is a "promotion effect during fluctuation" that appears during the symbol variation display game. .. When the "promotion effect during hitting" according to Example 1 is displayed, for example, when the symbol is confirmed during the symbol variation display game, the decorative symbol is confirmed and displayed as a chance symbol, and then in the promotion effect during the start INT. If the game result is a probabilistic jackpot, a production that notifies that fact (promotion success production) is displayed, and if it is a time-saving jackpot, a production that notifies that fact (promotion failure production) is displayed. , In the promotion effect during the hit, it is sufficient to make the effect that pseudo-expresses the content of the promotion effect during the change described above appear. The appearance control method of the effect during the symbol variation display game to the additional effect period may be any control method as long as it can achieve the object of the present invention. For example, a hit variation pattern is selected, and the effect content (effect scenario based on the variation pattern specification command) related to the variation pattern is determined as a series of effect contents to appear in the symbol variation display game and the additional effect period. May appear in a period that spans the symbol variation display game period and the additional production period.

It should be noted that the promotion effect during the hit may be different from the promotion effect during the change. Due to the nature of the effect that appears before the final display of the symbol, the promotion effect during the change focuses on "design promotion" that is premised on the display of decorative symbols such as conversion from a chance symbol to a probabilistic symbol. In the promotion effect during the hit, while the decorative pattern is hidden (see the item column of the decorative pattern in the promotion effect in Fig. 22B), "Probability change GET !!", "Probability change promotion!" , "One more time!" Or other promotion display (bonus content promotion) that does not use decorative symbols may be executed.

In this way, even if the start INT is entered, the "promotion effect" is executed during the additional effect period without executing the "opening effect (big hit notification effect)" that notifies that the jackpot is immediately from the start point. (Refer to the column of times 0s to 21s during the start INT in FIG. 22B). In short, even if the start INT is started, it is a time to make the player not immediately aware that the big hit game is in progress, and to make the player aware that it is a big hit until the start of the opening production. An additional effect period is provided as a means of delaying consciousness, and in this additional effect period, an effect mode (promotion effect in the case of this example 1) that makes it appear as if the symbol variation display game is continuing is displayed. (The same applies to other specific examples described later). As a result of the additional effect period being inserted into the start INT and the start INT being composed of the additional effect period and the OP effect period, in this example 1 (FIG. 22B), the time length of the start INT is determined. By the amount of the promotion effect (time 0s to 24s), it is longer in the front side on the time axis than in the case of Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A). During this additional production period, the jackpot game period is actually entered, but since the player is more conscious of being in the symbol variation display game, the start INT is set to be longer than that of Comparative Example 1. However, the player will be able to play the game without feeling the delay. In addition to this point, in the case of Comparative Example 1, the period from the start of the symbol variation display game at the time of winning the jackpot to the start of the first round game is "165s of the symbol variation display game period (variation time) + 18s of the start INT". The total is 183 seconds (see the column of elapsed time in Fig. 22A), but if this period is considered to be fixed, the start INT should be extended and the symbol variation display game period should be shortened accordingly. For example, it is effective in lowering the base value and increasing the suitability rate of the game machine in the type test. However, reducing the period (variable time) of the symbol variation display game reduces the effect time when the SPSP reach or the like appears, which hinders the degree of freedom of the advance notice effect during the game. Moreover, if the start INT is simply set to a long time, the problem of the feeling of delay still remains. Therefore, as in the first embodiment, it is conceivable to intervene a simple player participation type (music selection production) or a flashy production, but such a production configuration has a start INT of about several tens of seconds. Highly effective in some cases. However, as in the present embodiment, in the start INT that takes 40 seconds or more, the effectiveness is poor, and further ingenuity is required in terms of production. This is because, when a player knows the start of the jackpot game period, he / she usually has a desire to get a ball as soon as possible, and the longer the start INT is, the more frustrating the player tends to be. In any case, if the start INT is set to a long time in the dark clouds, the balance between the production and the feeling of the ball coming out becomes poor, and there may be a problem that the player's playing interest is lowered.

In view of such circumstances, in the present embodiment, even if the above-mentioned additional production period (big hit game start concealment period) is created and the big hit game period is entered, the current symbol variation display game continues in a dramatic manner. Pretend to be. Then, after the additional effect period is completed, the above-mentioned "big hit notification effect" is displayed, and when the player is aware that the symbol variation display game has ended, a situation is created in which the start INT has already started. In this way, it is possible to make it appear as if the first round game is started in a short time after the symbol variation display game is completed. As a result, the balance between the feeling of coming out and the production can be made appropriate.

Such an action effect is specified as an additional effect period during the start INT within the same symbol fluctuation time (the fluctuation time is the same fluctuation pattern), that is, in one fluctuation of the same time scale, without delaying the end time point. It is obtained by adopting a configuration in which the start time of the start INT is extended to the front side on the time axis by inserting the period of the effect (in the case of this example 1, the promotion effect). In addition, during this additional production period, as a liquid crystal production, a "promotion production (button production-> result notification-> bonus content promotion)" related to the promotion notification of the profit status, which the player is very interested in, is displayed. There is. That is, various effects are performed during the additional effect period, which is the portion where the jackpot start INT is extended. Therefore, the player's attention is directed to these effects, and it is possible to make the player aware that the time scale of the jackpot start INT is extended, and to entertain the game without giving a sense of discomfort in the game. The player is aware that he is in the big hit until the "OP production period" following the additional production period, where the "big hit notification production" is executed by a voice message such as "Please hit right". Because. For example, in the case of the first example shown in FIG. 22B, the jackpot notification effect is started shortly after the OP effect period is entered (after a predetermined time has elapsed). Specifically, during the OP effect period, after the symbol alignment display by the promotion effect (design notification after the promotion effect) is continuously displayed from at least time 24s to 30s (24s ≤ time t <30s) (after the promotion effect). When the time 30s arrives, a big hit notification effect such as "Please hit right" is started, and the player becomes aware that the big hit is in progress. Therefore, in the case of this example, the start of the OP effect period is from time 24 s, but the start timing (time 30 s) of the jackpot notification effect that makes the player recognize that the jackpot period is in effect is set. It may be set as the beginning of the OP production period (the same applies to other specific examples described later). After the additional effect period ends (here, the time is 24 s), the jackpot notification effect may be started when the OP effect period arrives. In this case, the post-promotion effect hit symbol notification and the big hit notification effect can be notified in an overlapping manner (simultaneously).

Further, in the present embodiment (Examples of FIGS. 22 to 25), the following actions and effects are also obtained. In the type test, since the right-handed motion is performed when entering the jackpot game, in the case of this example 1, the minute of the "promotion effect" (time 0s to 24s), which is an additional effect period, as compared with the comparative example 1. However, the virtually meaningless right-handed period becomes longer. In other words, since the avoidance period for winning the winning opening 34 (hereinafter referred to as the "winning avoidance period") is started earlier than in Comparative Example 1, the number of wasted balls increases and the base value is lowered. .. As a result, in this example 1, more wasted hits are made than in comparative example 1, and the ball ejection speed is lowered. That is, the base value can be made relatively low. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. Even if the right-handed operation is performed from the start of the round game, the additional effect period is the launch under the low base state, and the ball ejection speed is reduced in any case. By the way, in an actual game, it is considered that some of the players are expert players (advanced players) who can quickly detect the above-mentioned additional production period. It is considered that such a player makes a stop hit during the start INT to eliminate the generation of wasted balls, so that the decrease in the number of balls to be ejected is prevented by the length of the start INT, and in practice, the model It is possible to exhibit higher ball ejection performance than the ball ejection performance (ball ejection rate) in the test. In this respect, there is an advantage for the player side as well, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine having an appropriate degree of gambling.

(Modified example of the additional production period according to this embodiment)
In addition, in order to make the additional effect period act as the above-mentioned "big hit game start concealment period", it is preferable to configure the display mode of the decorative symbol belonging to the liquid crystal effect as follows (about other specific examples described later). The same applies). The variable display of the decorative symbol is confirmed during the period of the symbol confirmation (first effect scenario) (see the item of the decorative symbol (stop display) corresponding to the column of the effect flow "design confirmation" shown in the figure), but it is added. The target production period acts as the above-mentioned "big hit game start concealment period", in other words, it makes it difficult to understand the break between the end of this symbol variation display game and the start of the big hit game (at the start of the start INT). For this purpose, it is preferable to set the final display time to an extremely short time, for example, about 100 ms to 500 ms (at least 10 millisecond order or at least 100 millisecond order), and to finish the final display state of the decorative symbol in a short time. .. For example, if the final display time of a special symbol is extremely shortened to "128 ms" and the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) only for this extremely short time of "128 ms", at the end of this symbol variation display game. It becomes difficult to determine the boundary between the game and the start of the big hit game. Further, the fixed display time may be set to a different time width depending on the game state. For example, it can be 500 ms in the normal state (game state with no electric support) and 128 ms in the time saving state or probabilistic state (game state with electric support). In addition, the time (for example, the time saving state is 300 ms, the probability changing state) differs between one gaming state with the electric support state (for example, the time saving state) and another gaming state (for example, the probability changing state) with the electric support state. May be 128 ms, etc.).

(About the confirmation display during the design confirmation period of the decorative design)
Further, regarding the display of the decorative symbol, the confirmation display can be performed in the save display area while the save display is displayed. The reason is that if the decorative pattern is displayed on the liquid crystal screen in a large scale, it becomes clear that the decorative pattern has been confirmed. In this case, as a liquid crystal display related to the notification period of the winning symbol by using the winning effect or other decorative symbols during the effect, for example, while maintaining the state of being displayed smaller in the retracted display area of the decorative symbol (more visibility than usual). (Maintaining a low distinctiveness)), and display an image display effect (main winning display effect) such as displaying a large display such as "Big hit!" Or "Expectation for probabilistic promotion!" On the LCD screen. Is preferable. That is, this main winning display effect acts as a "attention distracting effect" that distracts the player's attention from the display of the decorative symbol, and can have the effect of making it difficult to detect that the game state has entered the jackpot game. More preferably, during a predetermined period including at least a "fixed display period", for example, in each of the specific examples shown in FIGS. 22 to 25, a period including at least a "stop display", or a "winning display" and a "stop display". The decorative symbol is hidden during the period including (for example, FIG. 23B described later), the decorative symbol is hidden at the timing of the evacuation display, and the decorative symbol is hidden from the evacuation display for a predetermined period until the end of the symbol variation display game. be able to. Even if the decorative symbol itself is hidden, the display state of the decorative symbol is notified by the mini symbol.

(About special figures, mini-designs, right-handed notification lamps, etc. during the additional production period)
Since the additional production period (here, the promotion production period) is already during the jackpot game period (see the jackpot start INT column in FIG. 22B), as shown in the figure, the decorative symbol and the mini symbol are hidden, which is a special feature. The figure shows the winning display (continuous display from the confirmation display period), the right-handed notification lamp lights up, and the launching direction is right-handed (the same applies to other specific examples described later). However, since Example 1 is "winning in the normal state", at the stage of promotion production (time 0s to 24s), "right-handed suggestion display" in the launch direction is not yet performed on the LCD screen, and the OP production period. The "right-handed suggestion display" is started after waiting for a predetermined timing (here, the timing of time 27s). In addition, during the promotion effect period, the movable body effect may be performed, or the mini symbol and / or the decorative symbol may be displayed, which can be appropriately determined (the same applies to other specific examples described later). ..

(3) Example 2 (Fig. 22C)
FIG. 22C shows, as Example 2, another specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in a normal state. The contents substantially the same as those in FIG. 22B will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate description (the same applies to FIGS. 22D to 22E described later).

In this example 2 (Fig. 22C), under the normal state, the production flow is as follows: "High-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach first half-> symbol confirmation-> start INT production (SPSP reach second half-> promotion production)" It has become. This production flow is exactly the same as in FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1) up to "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach first half", but at the start INT after "design confirmation", "SPSP reach second half" And "promotion effect" are included, that is, the start INT starts from the middle of the SPSP reach of FIG. 22A, which is different from FIG. 22A. That is, in the start INT of Example 2, "SPSP reach second half" is inserted in the first stage (time 0s to 30s) and "promotion effect" is inserted in the second stage (time 30s to 54s) as the liquid crystal effect. After that, the "OP production period" (time 54s to 72s: corresponding to the start INT of FIG. 22A) continues as the third stage, which is a three-stage production configuration. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1).

As a result, in this example 2 (FIG. 22C), the time length of the start INT is "a part of SPSP reach (second half) + promotion effect" (time 0s ≤ time t <30s period +) as an additional effect period. By the amount of time 30s ≤ time t <54s), it is longer on the time axis than in the case of FIG. 22A (Comparative Example 1). Many of the game balls launched during the start INT period consisting of this additional production period and the OP production period that follows it become useless balls, reducing the number of balls that can be obtained during the entire period of the jackpot game, and the ball ejection speed ( Base value) is lowered. In the case of Example 2, as compared with Comparative Example 1, there is a meaningless right-handed period (winning avoidance period) for the additional production period "SPSP reach second half + promotion production" (time 0s to 54s). It will be longer and more wasteful hits. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, about liquid crystal production, movable body production, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during "SPSP reach second half + promotion production" (time 0s to 54s) As shown in the figure. In the figure, the entire SPSP reach is divided into "SPSP reach first half" and "SPSP reach second half" before and after the symbol is fixed, but this is for convenience to facilitate the understanding of the present invention. The overall production content (production scenario) of SPSP reach is shown by dividing the first half and the second half. For example, the first half of SPSP reach (time 42s to 111s in the case of this example 2) is a scenario of "land battle production" expressing armored warfare (tank battle) on land, and the second half of SPSP reach (in the case of this example 2). The production content of the jackpot start INT time 0s to 30s) is a scenario of "final production" that notifies the result of the victory or defeat of the armored warfare. Of course, in the first half and the second half, the first half is not necessarily a land battle production, and the second half is a final production, so it is not always a production scenario where there is a clear division in the production content.

(4) Example 3 (Fig. 22D)
FIG. 22D shows, as Example 3, another specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in a normal state.

In this example 3 (Fig. 22D), under the normal state, the production flow is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach first half-> symbol confirmation-> jackpot start INT production (mid-second half of SPSP reach first half-> Promotion production → opening production) ”. Therefore, as the production flow, the point that "the middle to the second half of the first half of SPSP reach" and "promotion production" are included as additional production periods in the jackpot start INT after "design confirmation", that is, in FIG. 22A. It differs from FIG. 22A in that the jackpot start INT starts in the middle of the SPSP reach. In other words, in the case of this example 3, as in the case of this example 2 (FIG. 22C), "a part of SPSP reach" is inserted at the beginning of the jackpot start INT as the first step in the additional production period, and the first step is "Promotion production" is inserted as the second stage, and then the OP production period continues as the third stage.

However, the difference from this example 2 (FIG. 22C) is that in the case of this example 3 (FIG. 22D), the time scale of the SPSP reach (time 0s to 48s during the start INT) entering the start INT is the time scale of this example 2. It is longer in the front side on the time axis than the one (time 0s to 30s during the start INT), and during this SPSP reach, as a liquid crystal effect, as shown in the figure, "Rainbow Flash" (time 0s to 30s). 18s) and "winning effect" (time 18s-48s) appear, and "first movable body + second movable body stop" and "first movable body" of appearance, stop, and return of movable body movement. + Second movable body returns "is performed. Specifically, in Example 3, the symbol confirmation period is set in the first half of the SPSP reach (for example, in the middle of the above-mentioned land battle production), and the jackpot game period (start INT) is entered from the middle of the first half of the SPSP reach (in the middle of the land battle production). .. In addition, since the SPSP reach decorative pattern is displayed or hidden, it is difficult for the player who is paying attention to the liquid crystal effect or the movable body effect to know when the big hit game is started. Can be done.

In this example 3 (FIG. 22D), the time length of the start INT is the amount of the additional effect period “SPSP reach first half to second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 72s), and FIG. 22A (comparison). It is longer in the front side on the time axis than in the case of Example 1). That is, in the case of this example 3, as compared with the comparative example 1, the meaningless right-handed period (winning avoidance period) is equal to the additional effect period "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 72s). ) Becomes longer and more wasteful hits. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, about liquid crystal production, movable body production, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during "SPSP reach second half + promotion production" (time 0s to 72s) As shown in the figure.

(5) Example 4 (Fig. 22E)
FIG. 22E shows, as Example 4, another specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in a normal state.

In this example 4 (Fig. 22E), under the normal state, the production flow is "reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> midway through the first half of SPSP reach-> symbol confirmation-> production within the start INT (midway to the second half of SPSP reach-> promotion". Production → OP production) ”. Therefore, as a production flow, the point that "the middle to the second half of the first half of the SPSP reach" and the "promotion effect" are included in the start INT after the "design is confirmed", that is, the start INT starts from the middle of the SPSP reach in FIG. 22A. It differs from FIG. 22A in that it does. In other words, in the case of this example 4, as in the case of this example 2 (FIG. 22C) and this example 3 (FIG. 22D), as the first first step in the additional production period of the start INT, "one of SPSP reach". "Part" is inserted, "promotion production" is inserted as the second stage, and then the OP production period continues as the third stage, which is a three-stage production configuration.

However, in the case of this example 4, the time scale of the SPSP reach (time 0s to 66s of the start INT) that has entered the start INT is longer than that of this example 3 (FIG. 22D), and during this period, As liquid crystal effects, "movable body appearance effect" (time 0s to 18s), "rainbow flash" (time 18s to 36s) and "winning production" (time 36s to 66s) appear, and the appearance of movable body movement, Of the stop and return, "first movable body + second movable body appearance", "first movable body + second movable body stop" and "first movable body + second movable body return" are performed. The "movable body appearance effect" and the "first movable body + second movable body appearance" are started from the start time (time 69s) of the symbol determination.

In Example 4 (FIG. 22E), the time length of the start INT is the same as that of the additional effect period “SPSP reach first half to second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 90s), as shown in FIG. 22A (comparison). It is longer in the front side on the time axis than in the case of Example 1). That is, in the case of this example 4, as compared with the comparative example 1, the meaningless right-handed period (winning) is equal to the additional effect period "part of SPSP reach + promotion effect" (time 0s to 90s). The avoidance period) becomes longer, and wasteful hits increase. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, about liquid crystal production, movable body production, decorative design, mini design, special figure seg, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during "SPSP reach second half + promotion production" (time 0s to 90s) As shown in the figure.

In Comparative Example 1 and Examples 1 to 4, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value is "Comparative Example 1 <Example 1 <Example 2 <Example 3 <Example 4". That is, Comparative Example 1 of FIG. 22A has the lowest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 4 has the highest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test. Further, in each of the examples, during the additional production period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time scale of the start INT is extended or feeling uncomfortable in the game. Also, in each example, the "right-handed suggestion display" is started at a predetermined timing during the OP production period, but before the start of the first round game (if it is a small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the start to end of the additional effect period) (during the start INT, the winning game period has already been reached). Because it is inside).

<Example 2: FIGS. 23A to 23E>
Next, Example 2 (FIGS. 23A to 23E) will be described. In the above-mentioned Example 1, the case where the "probability change big hit or the time saving big hit" is won in the "normal state" has been described, but FIGS. The transition of the game state and the transition of the production system in the case of winning the "big hit or short-time big hit" are shown with the passage of time. Under the probabilistic state, there is an electric support, and the launch direction is "right-handed". Of FIGS. 23A to 23E, the first FIG. 23A is an example for comparison (comparative example 2), and the remaining FIGS. 23B to 23E are specific examples 5 to 8 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this example 5). , This example 5 ... Abbreviated as in this example 8). The contents substantially the same as the contents of FIGS. 22A to 22E will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate description.

Since it is premised that the type of jackpot targeted in Example 2 (FIGS. 23A to 23E) is currently in the "probability change state", the jackpot on the special figure 2 side (the jackpot targeted for consecutive villas) is mainly used. Be the target. In addition, since it is assumed that Example 3 (FIGS. 24A to 24D) and Example 4 (FIGS. 25A to 25D), which will be described later, are also in the "probability change state" as in Example 2, the special figure is mainly used. The jackpot on the 2nd side is the target.

(1) Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A)
When a big hit is won in a probabilistic state (high probability, with electric support), the production flow proceeds as follows in Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A).

(A) Elapsed time 0s to 24s; N reach fluctuation stage With reference to FIG. 23A, the effect flow during the period of elapsed time 0s to 24s of Comparative Example 2 is the same effect flow as that of Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. "High-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation". The liquid crystal effect, the movable body effect, the decorative symbol, the mini symbol, and the special symbol segment during this “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation” period are the same as those in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A. However, since Comparative Example 2 is in the probabilistic state, the right-handed display on the liquid crystal screen indicates the right-handed suggestion display, the right-handed notification lamp lights up, and the launching direction instruction on the liquid crystal screen indicates right-handed.

(B) Elapsed time 24s to 117s: SPSP reach stage The production flow shifts to "SPSP reach" (time 24s to 117s). Here, an example is shown in which the above-mentioned "direct hit type SPSP reach" that directly develops from reach fluctuation (N reach) to SPSP reach without going through a higher reach such as SP reach is adopted. By suddenly shifting to "SPSP reach" without going through SP reach, the degree of expectation for winning will be greatly increased. During SPSP reach, the liquid crystal effect continues the reach display for a while (time 24s to 27s), then "cut-in notice" (time 24s to 39s) → "winning button effect" (time 39s to 51s). → "Movable body appearance effect" (time 51s to 69s) → "Rainbow flash" (time 69s to 87s) → "Winning production" (time 87s to 117s).

The period during which the "movable body appearance effect" (time 51s to 69s) occurs is the period during which the "first movable body + second movable body appearance" of the movable body production is performed, and the "rainbow flash (time 69s to 87s)". ) ”Is generated during the period when the movable body effect“ 1st movable body + 2nd movable body stop ”is performed, and a part of the“ winning effect (time 87s to 117s) ”(time 87s to 102s). Is the period during which the "first movable body + second movable body return" of the movable body production is performed. From this movable object appearance effect, the decorative pattern is not displayed on the LCD screen during the rainbow flash period, but it is displayed during the "winning effect" period. From the stage of this winning effect, the decorative symbols in the reach state are displayed as winning in a state (however, a temporary stop display state) in which chance symbols (probability variation symbols may be used) are aligned on the LCD screen.

(C) Elapsed time 117s to 141s: Promotion production stage The production flow shifts from SPSP reach to "promotion production" (time 117s to 141s), and then proceeds to "design confirmation" (time 141s to 147s). .. When the process proceeds to "decide the symbol", the "winning display" is performed in which the special symbol by the special symbol display device is stopped and displayed in the display mode according to the jackpot type. Further, the decorative symbol is fixedly displayed, for example, in the display mode of "777" of the probabilistic symbol. As a liquid crystal effect, a hit confirmation screen is displayed on the liquid crystal screen, and a mini symbol is also displayed as a winner. As a result, the symbol variation display game this time is completed, and the game result is confirmed. Until the period of "design confirmation" (time 141s to 147s) elapses, the game state remains the state with electric support.

(E) Big hit game After the symbol is confirmed, the big hit game is executed. In the case of Comparative Example 2, as in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A, the start INT (time 0s to 18s) is the period of "OP effect", and the confirmed image continues for a while (time 0s to 18s) on the liquid crystal screen. After 6s), a voice message "Please hit right" is played from the timing of time 6s.

(2) Example 5 (Fig. 23B)
Example 5 (FIG. 23B) is a specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in the probable change state. The same applies to Examples 6 to 8 (FIGS. 23C to 23E) described later.

The production flow of Example 5 (FIG. 23B) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SPSP reach-> symbol confirmation-> production in start INT (promotion production-> OP production)". This is the same as in FIG. 22B (Example 1), except that the SP reach is suddenly shifted to the “SP SP reach” without going through the SP reach.

Compared with FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2), Example 5 (FIG. 23B) is exactly the same up to “reach fluctuation → SPSP reach”, but an additional effect period is inserted in the start INT and the promotion effect is “ The start INT after "design confirmation" is within the start INT, that is, the start INT is from the point where the promotion effect of FIG. 23A starts (to be exact, the symbol is confirmed when the promotion effect of FIG. 23A starts, and after the symbol is confirmed). It differs from FIG. 23A in that it has started. In other words, in the start INT of Example 5 (FIG. 23B), "promotion effect" is inserted as an additional effect period in the previous stage (time 0s to 24s), and "promotion effect" is inserted as the subsequent stage (time 24s to 42s). It is composed of two stages: the OP production period for executing the "big hit notification effect" continues. Example 5 (FIG. 23B) is common to Example 2 (FIG. 22C) in that it is configured in these two stages. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2).

In the start INT of Example 5 (FIG. 23B), the "promotion effect" is added before the "OP effect", and the time length of the start INT is the additional effect period "promotion effect" (during the start INT). By the amount of time 0s to 24s), it is longer in the front side on the time axis than in the case of FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). That is, in the case of this example 5, as compared with the comparative example 2, the meaningless right-handed period (winning avoidance period) is equal to the additional effect period "promotion effect" (time 0s to 24s during the start INT). ) Becomes longer and more wasteful hits. Therefore, similar to the events described with reference to FIGS. 22B to 22E, in this example 3, the suitability rate of the gaming machine in the type test is higher than that in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2).

During the period of the symbol variation display game in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, it is "in the state with electric support" unlike the normal state. Therefore, the game ball launched during this period is unlikely to have a decrease in the base value (for example, BA70) because the lower start opening 35 may be frequently won due to the high probability of the open game. ~ 90). However, if the jackpot is won, if the period of the symbol variation display game at the time of winning is shortened and the start INT is lengthened, the period without electric support (low base state) (the jackpot game period is the low base state. Above. (Equivalent to a meaningless right-handed period) becomes longer, that is, if the start INT is started ahead of schedule, the game state can be placed under the state without electric support at an early stage, and the base during the consecutive villa state. The value can be significantly reduced. Therefore, it can be said that the case where the effect of the configuration of the second embodiment (introduction of the additional effect period) can be maximized is the case where the big hit is won while the electric support is present.

Returning to the explanation of FIG. 23B, in Example 5 (FIG. 23B), the period of the promotion effect (time 0s to 24s) of the start INT, that is, the additional effect period is already in the jackpot game period, so the mini symbol is not included. The display and the special figure of the special symbol display device will be the winning display, the right-handed notification lamp will be lit, and the launching direction will be right-handed. At the stage of the promotion effect (time 0s to 24s), the right-handed suggestion display is not yet performed on the liquid crystal screen, and the right-handed suggestion display is started after waiting for the timing of time 24s.

(3) Example 6 (Fig. 23C)
Example 6 (FIG. 23C) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in the probable change state. In the following description of FIGS. 23C to 23E, the content substantially the same as that of FIG. 23B will be omitted as appropriate to avoid duplicate description.

The production flow of Example 6 (FIG. 23C) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SPSP reach first half-> symbol confirmation-> start INT production (SPSP reach second half-> promotion production-> OP production)". This is the same as in FIG. 22C (Example 2), except that the SP reach is suddenly shifted to the “SP SP reach” without going through the SP reach.

Compared with Example 5 (FIG. 23B), Example 6 is exactly the same as FIG. 23A up to "reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach first half", but is added in the start INT after "design confirmation". Both FIGS. 23A and 23B are in that "the latter half of SPSP reach" and "promotion production" are coming as the production period, that is, the start INT starts from the middle of SPSP reach in Comparative Example 2 (Fig. 23A). It's different. In other words, in the start INT of Example 6, "SPSP reach second half" is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 30s) in the additional production period, and "promotion production (time 30s to 54s)" is inserted as the second stage (time 30s to 54s). Bonus content promotion) ”is inserted, followed by an OP production period (a period corresponding to the start INT of FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2)) in which the jackpot notification effect is executed as the third stage. It is configured. Example 6 (FIG. 23C) is common to Example 2 (FIG. 22C) in that it is configured in these three stages. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). The relationship between Example 6 in which "SPSP reach second half" and "promotion effect" are included in the start INT and Example 5 (Fig. 23B) in which only "promotion effect" is included in the start INT has already been explained. This is the same phenomenon as the relationship between this example 2 (FIG. 22C) and this example 3 (FIG. 23D).

As a result, in Example 6 (FIG. 23C), the time length of the start INT is the same as that of “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 54s during the start INT), as shown in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). It is longer forward on the time axis than in the case. That is, there are more wasted hits than in Comparative Example 2 by the amount of "a part of SPSP reach (second half) + promotion effect" (time 0s to 51s during the start INT) of the start INT. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, the liquid crystal effect, the movable body effect, the decorative pattern, the mini pattern, the special figure segment, the right-handed display, and the right-handed notification lamp performed during the "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 51s during the start INT). Etc. are as shown in the figure.

(4) Example 7 (Fig. 23D)
Example 7 (FIG. 23D) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in the probable change state.

The production flow of Example 7 (Fig. 23D) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SPSP reach first half-> symbol confirmation-> start INT production (mid-second half of SPSP reach-> promotion production-> OP production)". ing. Therefore, as the production flow, after the "design confirmation", the additional production period "SPSP reach first half to the second half" and "promotion production" come, that is, in the case of this example 7, the beginning of the start INT. "Part of SPSP reach" is inserted as the first stage in the additional production period, "promotion production" is inserted as the second stage, and then the jackpot notification production is executed as the third stage "OP". It has a three-stage production structure in which the "production period" continues. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). In these respects, it is the same as that of Example 6 (FIG. 23C).

However, in the case of this Example 7 (FIG. 23D), the time scale of the SPSP reach (time 0s to 48s during the start INT) that has entered the start INT period is that of Example 6 (FIG. 23C) (during the start INT). It is longer to the front on the time axis than the time 0s to 30s), and during this period, "Rainbow Flash" (time 0s to 18s during the start INT) and "Winning production" (start INT) are used as liquid crystal effects. (Times 18s to 48s) are displayed, and "first movable body + second movable body stop" and "first movable body + second movable body return" are performed as movable body effects (during start INT). Time 0s-48s).

In Example 7 (FIG. 23D), the time length of the start INT is the same as that of the additional effect period “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 72s), as compared with the case of FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). Is also longer on the front side on the time axis. That is, the amount of wasted hits increases by the amount of "midway to the second half of SPSP reach + promotion effect" (time 0s to 72s). Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, the liquid crystal effect, the movable body effect, the decorative pattern, the mini pattern, the special figure segment, the right-handed display, and the right-handed notification lamp performed during the "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" (time 0s to 72s during the start INT). Etc. are as shown in the figure.

(5) Example 8 (Fig. 23E)
Example 8 (FIG. 23E) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where a big hit is won in the probable change state.

The production flow of Example 8 (Fig. 23E) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> SP reach-> SPSP reach first half-> symbol confirmation-> start INT production (SPSP reach first half middle-second half-> promotion production-> OP production)" It has become. Therefore, as the production flow, "SPSP reach first half to second half" and "promotion production" are inserted as additional production periods in the start INT after "design confirmation", that is, this example 8 (Fig. In the case of 23E), "a part of SPSP reach" is inserted as the first stage in the additional production period at the beginning of the start INT, "promotion production" is inserted as the second stage, and then as the third stage, It is the same as in FIGS. 23C and 23D in that there are three stages in which the "OP effect" in which the jackpot notification effect is executed continues. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2).

However, in the case of Example 8 (FIG. 23E), the time scale of the SPSP reach (time 0s to 66s during the start INT) entering the start INT is on the front side on the time axis as compared with Example 7 (FIG. 23D). During this period, the liquid crystal effects include "movable body appearance effect" (time 0s to 18s during the start INT), "rainbow flash" (time 18s to 36s during the start INT), and "winning effect". (Times 36s to 66s during the start INT) appear. In addition, "first movable body + second movable body appearance", "first movable body + second movable body stop", and "first movable body + second movable body return" are performed. The "movable body appearance effect" of the liquid crystal effect and the "first movable body + second movable body appearance" of the movable body effect are started from the time when the symbol is confirmed. In this respect, Example 8 (FIG. 23E) and Example 7 (FIG. 23D) are different. This relationship is the same as the relationship between Example 4 (FIG. 22E) and Example 3 (FIG. 22D) already described.

In Example 8 (FIG. 23E), the time length of the start INT is the same as that of the additional effect period “SPSP reach second half + promotion effect” (time 0s to 90s during the start INT), and FIG. 23A (Comparative Example 2). ) Is longer on the front side on the time axis than in the case of). That is, the amount of wasted hits increases by the amount of "halfway to the second half of SPSP reach + promotion effect" (time 0s to 90s during the start INT). Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. In addition, liquid crystal production, movable body production, decorative design, mini design, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp performed during "SPSP reach second half + promotion production" (time 0s to 90s during start INT) Etc. are as shown in the figure.

In Comparative Example 2 and Examples 5 to 8, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value is "Comparative Example 2 <Example 5 <Example 6 <Example 7 <Example 8". That is, Comparative Example 2 in FIG. 23A has the lowest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 8 has the highest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test. Further, in each of the examples, during the additional production period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time scale of the start INT is extended or feeling uncomfortable in the game. Also, in each example, the "right-handed suggestion display" is started at a predetermined timing during the OP production period, but before the start of the first round game (if it is a small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the start to end of the additional effect period).

<Example 3: FIGS. 24A to 24D>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 24A to 24D, a case where the “probability change jackpot” is won in the probability change state will be described as Example 3.

In Examples 1 and 2 (Examples 1 to 8), the case where there is a possibility of winning either the probability variation jackpot or the time saving jackpot in the "normal state" or the "probability variation state" has been described. On the other hand, in the third embodiment (FIGS. 24A to 24D), the case where the probabilistic jackpot is won is dealt with as the type of jackpot.

Of FIGS. 24A to 24D, the first FIG. 24A is a specific example for comparison (comparative example 3), and the remaining FIGS. 24B to 24D are specific examples 9 to 11 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this example). 9. This example 10 ... Abbreviated as in this example 11). In the third embodiment, it is assumed that, for example, a 5R probability variation jackpot or a 10R probability variation jackpot is won under the probability variation state.

(1) Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A)
When the probability variation jackpot is won in the probability variation state, the production flow proceeds as follows in Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A).

(A) Elapsed time 0s to 24s: Pre-winning stage (reach fluctuation stage)
With reference to FIG. 24A, when the symbol variation display game is started (time 0s), the effect flow (effect scenario) starts from "high-speed variation" (elapsed time 0s to 15s) and reaches variation (elapsed time 15s to 24s). ) And change. During the "high-speed fluctuation" period (time 0s to 15s), the decorative symbol continues the high-speed fluctuation display for a predetermined time, then the left symbol is temporarily stopped and then the right symbol is temporarily stopped. To form a reach state (for example, "8 ↓ 8"). Then, during the reach fluctuation (N reach fluctuation) period (elapsed time 15s to 24s), the left symbol and the right symbol maintain the reach display, while the middle symbol displays the reach variation such as enlargement / reduction or deformation display. Is executed, and a reach production that fuels the development to SP reach appears. Further, before the reach state is formed, various notice effects (notice effects related to the reach fluctuation pattern) appear as liquid crystal effects. The "mini symbol" on the liquid crystal screen is in a high-speed fluctuating state, and the special symbol (special symbol segment) of the special symbol display device is also in a fluctuating state. Further, the right-handed display on the liquid crystal screen is a right-handed suggestion display, and the right-handed notification lamp is lit. That is, the right-handed launch direction instruction is instructing right-handed.

(B) Elapsed time 24s to 36s: Winning production stage The production flow shifts from the reach fluctuation to the "winning production" (time 24s to 36s). In Comparative Example 3 (the same applies to Examples 9 to 11 described later), when compared with FIGS. 22 (1 to 4 of this example) and 23 (5 to 8 of this example), higher reach such as SP reach and SPSP reach is obtained. The difference is that it suddenly shifts to "winning production". Here, an example in which the above-mentioned "sudden hit" is adopted is shown. The "sudden hit" according to the third embodiment (FIGS. 24A to 24D) occurs only during the consecutive villa state, and in addition to the effect of increasing the impact of the player, the first hit and the consecutive villa state It has the effect of distinguishing the difference from the big hit of the game from the viewpoint of production and enhancing the interest in the game.

In the above-mentioned "winning effect", the winning notification is made, and the "first cut-in notice" is generated as the liquid crystal effect (time 27s to 36s). Specifically, the decorative symbols that were in the reach state are in a state where even-numbered symbols and odd-numbered symbols are aligned on the LCD screen from the stage of this winning effect (sudden hit effect) (either even-numbered symbols or odd-numbered symbols). Winning is displayed in a state where it has not yet been decided whether to confirm (temporary stop display state). Therefore, the special figure seg continues to display fluctuations, the mini symbol is in a high-speed fluctuation state, and the game state is still in the state with electric support. The first cut-in notice is different in nature from the "cut-in notice" described in Examples 1 and 2 (FIGS. 22 to 23). Since the "cut-in notice" here is a "cut-in notice" related to the winning production, it does not suggest the possibility of winning (because it is already correct), and informs the information about the jackpot type won this time. The production, specifically, a preliminary production that informs the degree of expectation of winning the probabilistic jackpot. A plurality of types of the first cut-in notice are also provided. For example, the degree of expectation of winning (high, medium, low) for the probabilistic jackpot is notified according to the character used for the notice display. Since the probabilistic jackpot winning is dealt with here, there is a tendency for a notice with a relatively high expectation of winning the probabilistic jackpot to appear. The mini symbol is in a high-speed fluctuating state, the right-handed display is "right-handed suggestion display", the right-handed notification lamp is lit, and the launching direction is "right-handed".

(C) Elapsed time 36s to 126s: "Even-numbered symbol or odd-numbered symbol determination effect" stage The effect flow is from the winning effect to the "even-numbered symbol or odd-numbered symbol determination effect" which is a kind of the above "promotion effect" (hereinafter, "design determination"). (Abbreviated as "Direction") "(Time 36s to 126s). In the symbol determination production, if the decorative symbols stop with an even number of symbols, it is a" time saving jackpot ", and with an odd number of symbols. If it stops, it becomes a "probability change jackpot". However, in this Example 3, since only the case of "probability change jackpot" is dealt with, the symbol is finally decided by the symbol of "probability variation jackpot".

During this "design determination effect", the liquid crystal effect is the second "cut-in notice" (time 42s-51s)-> "button effect" (time 51s-63s)-> "movable body appearance effect" (time 63s-). 78s) → "Rainbow Flash" (time 78s to 96s) → "Winning production" (time 96s to 114s) → "Probability change GET" (time 114s to 126s).

During the period from the second "cut-in notice" to the "button effect" (time 42s to 63s), for example, even-numbered symbols (low-advantage jackpot suggestion symbols (time-saving jackpot suggestion symbols)) and odd numbers are displayed on the LCD screen. The symbols (high-advantage jackpot suggestion symbols (probability variation jackpot suggestion symbols)) are slowly fluctuating (for example, low-speed fluctuating display or up-and-down swaying fluctuating display) in a aligned state. Specifically, the even-numbered symbol alignment "666" and the odd-numbered symbol alignment "777" are displayed in a variable state.

The above-mentioned "second cut-in notice" is the same as the above-mentioned "first cut-in notice", and is a notice effect for notifying the degree of expectation of winning the probabilistic jackpot. In the present embodiment, the expectation for a probabilistic jackpot is based on the winning expectation (combinedly suggested winning expectation) suggested in a plurality of stages of "first cut-in notice" and "second cut-in notice". It is designed to notify the degree. For example, the combination of the notification contents (expectations) of the "first cut-in notice" and the "second cut-in notice" is "low, low", "low, medium", "medium, low", "medium, medium". Expectations for probabilistic jackpots are relatively increasing in the order of "high, low", "high, medium", "low, high", "medium, high", and "high, high". Therefore, even if the production content of the low expectation suggestion appears in the "first cut-in notice", if the production content of the subsequent "second cut-in notice" is the production content of the high expectation suggestion, it is probable. Expectations for big hits can rise significantly.

Then, a player-participation-type "button effect" was generated as an effect to incite which of the even-numbered symbol and the odd-numbered symbol was confirmed and displayed, and the player was elected this time as a notification of the result of operating the effect button 13. If the jackpot type is "probability variable jackpot", an odd numbered symbol alignment (for example, 777) is displayed at the stage of "winning effect", and if it is "time saving jackpot winning", an even numbered symbol alignment (for example) , 666) is displayed. In this Example 3, since only the case of "probability change jackpot" is dealt with, an odd number of symbols is displayed as the production result of the button effect, and finally, "probability change GET" that congratulates the probability change jackpot winning appears. Will be done.

The period during which the "movable body appearance effect" (time 63s to 78s) occurs is the period during which the "first movable body + second movable body appearance" of the movable body effect is performed, and the "rainbow flash (time)". The period during which "78s to 96s)" occurs is the period during which the "first movable body + second movable body stop" of the movable body effect is performed, and the period during which the "winning effect (time 96s to 114s)" occurs. Is the period during which the "first movable body + second movable body return" of the movable body effect is performed. During the rainbow flash period (time 63s to 96s) from this movable body appearance effect, the decorative symbol is "hidden" and is not displayed on the liquid crystal screen. However, when the period from "winning effect (time 96s to 114s)" to "probability change GET (time 114s to 126s)" is entered, the decorative symbols are displayed as "winning display" in odd numbers, and during the period, "winning display" is displayed. "Winning display (odd number pattern)" continues to be displayed.

(D) Elapsed time 126s to 132s: Symbol confirmation stage After that, the effect flow proceeds to "design confirmation" (time 126s to 132s), and the special symbol by the special symbol display device is stopped and displayed in the display mode according to the jackpot type. "Winning display" is performed, and along with this, the decorative symbol and the mini symbol are also stopped and displayed in the display mode related to the jackpot type. In this Example 3, only the case of "probability change jackpot" is dealt with. Therefore, in the end, the symbols corresponding to the probability variation jackpot are stopped and displayed (winning display) for the special figure, the decorative symbol, and the mini symbol. become.

(E) Big hit game After the symbol is confirmed, the big hit game is executed. In the case of Comparative Example 3, the start INT (time 0s to 18s) is the period of "OP effect" as in Comparative Example 1 shown in FIG. 22A and Comparative Example 2 shown in FIG. 23A, and is confirmed on the liquid crystal screen. After the image continues for a while (time 0s to 3s), a voice message "Please hit right" is played from the timing of time 6s.

(2) Example 9 (Fig. 24B)
Example 9 (FIG. 24B) is a specific example of the present invention in the case where the probability variation jackpot is won in the probability variation state. The same applies to Examples 10 and 11 (FIGS. 24C to 24D) described later.

The production flow of Example 9 (Fig. 24B) is as follows: "High-speed fluctuation-> Reach fluctuation-> Winning production-> First half of design determination effect (part of design determination effect)-> Design confirmation-> Production in start INT (Second half of design determination effect-> OP (Direction) ”.

Further, the effect flow of this example 9 (FIG. 24B) is the same as that of FIG. 24A (comparative example 3) from the reach variation to the first half of the symbol determination effect, but is added in the start INT after "design confirmation". It differs from FIG. 23A in that the "second half of the symbol determination effect" has come as the target effect period, that is, the start INT starts from the middle of the symbol determination effect of FIG. 24A. In other words, in the start INT of this example 9, the "second half of the symbol determination effect" of the additional effect period is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 30 s of the start INT), and then the jackpot notification is performed as the second stage. It has a two-stage production structure in which the OP production (start INT time 30s to 48s) in which the production is executed continues. Example 9 (FIG. 24B) is common to Example 2 (FIG. 22C) in that it is configured in these two stages. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3).

As a result, in the case of FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3), in this example 9 (FIG. 24B), the time length of the start INT is the amount of the “second half of the symbol determination effect” (time 0s to 30s) of the additional effect period. It is longer toward the front on the time axis than. That is, there are more wasted hits than in Comparative Example 3 by the amount of the "second half of the symbol determination effect" (time 0s to 30s) of the start INT. Therefore, similarly to the events described with reference to FIGS. 23B to 23D, the conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased as compared with Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A).

In the part of the additional production period in which the start INT is long, various productions are performed, and the player's attention is directed to these productions. That is, in the case of this Example 9 (FIG. 24B), in the first stage "design determination effect second half" (time 0s to 30s), "winning effect" and "probability change GET effect" appear on the liquid crystal screen as the liquid crystal effect. During the period of the winning effect, "first movable body + second movable body return" is performed as a movable body effect. Therefore, it is possible to continue the game without being aware that the time scale of the start INT is extended or receiving a sense of discomfort in the game. As in the case of FIGS. 22B to 22E (Examples 2 to 4) and FIGS. 23B to 23E (Examples 6 to 8), the player is aware that the jackpot is being hit by the OP effect following the additional effect period. This is after the period has been reached, and the jackpot notification effect by the voice message "Please hit right" is executed here.

In Example 9 (FIG. 24B), the decorative symbol is hidden (may be displayed) and the mini symbol is hidden (symbol) during the period (time 0s to 30s) from the start INT to the "second half of the symbol determination effect". (Hidden after the winning display is displayed at the time of confirmation), the special symbol of the special symbol display device is the winning display, the right-handed notification lamp is kept lit, and the launching direction is also kept right-handed. It should be noted that, at least while the winning effect and the probabilistic GET effect are being performed (time 0s to 27s) in the "second half of the design determination effect" of the start INT, the right-handed suggestion display is not yet performed on the LCD screen, and the time 36s. Wait for the timing and start the right-handed suggestion display.

(3) Example 10 (FIG. 24C)
Example 10 (FIG. 24C) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where the probability variation jackpot is won in the probability variation state.

The production flow of Example 10 (FIG. 24C) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> midway through the first half of the symbol determination production-> symbol confirmation-> production in the start INT (mid-second half of the symbol determination production-> OP production)". It has become. Therefore, as an effect flow, the point that "a part of the symbol determination effect" comes within the start INT after "design confirmation", that is, the point that the start INT starts from the middle of the symbol determination effect of FIG. 24A. It is common with FIG. 24B. In other words, in the case of this example 10 (FIG. 24C), as the first stage, the "part of the design determination effect" of the additional effect period is inserted as the first stage, and as the second stage, the jackpot notification effect. It has a two-stage production structure in which the OP production period in which is executed continues. Example 10 (FIG. 24C) is the same as FIG. 24B in that the effect in the start INT has a two-stage effect configuration. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3).

However, in the case of Example 10 (FIG. 24C), the time scale of the symbol determination effect (time 0s to 63s during the start INT) entering the start INT is on the time axis as compared with that of Example 9 (FIG. 24B). It is longer on the front side, and during this period, as a liquid crystal effect, "movable body appearance effect" (time 0s to 15s during start INT), "rainbow flash" (time 15s to 33s during start INT), "winning" "Direction" (time 33s to 51s during the start INT) and probability variation GET (time 51s to 60s during the start INT) appear. In addition, "1st movable body + 2nd movable body appearance", "1st movable body + 2nd movable body stop" and "1st movable body + 1st movable body + 1st movable body" corresponding to the movable body appearance effect, rainbow flash, and winning effect. 2 Move back "is performed. This "movable body appearance effect" and "first movable body + second movable body appearance" are started from the time when the symbol is confirmed. The relationship between this example 10 (Fig. 24C) in which "the middle to the second half of the first half of the design determination effect" is included in the start INT and this example 9 (Fig. 24B) in which only the "second half of the design determination effect" is included. This is the same phenomenon as the relationship between Example 4 (FIG. 22E) and Example 3 (FIG. 23D) and the relationship between Example 8 (FIG. 23E) and Example 7 (FIG. 23D) described above.

In Example 10 (FIG. 24C), the time length of the start INT is the amount of “the middle to the second half of the first half of the symbol determination effect” (time 0s to 63s), which is the additional effect period, and FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3). ) Is longer on the front side on the time axis than in the case of). That is, there are more wasted hits than in Comparative Example 3 by the amount of "a part of the symbol determination effect" (time 0s to 63s) of the start INT. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. The liquid crystal effect, movable body effect, decorative pattern, mini-design, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during the "second half of the pattern determination effect" (time 0s to 63s) are shown in the figure. It's a street.

(4) Example 11 (FIG. 24D)
Example 11 (FIG. 24D) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where the probability variation jackpot is won in the probability variation state.

The effect flow of Example 11 (FIG. 24D) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach variation-> symbol determination-> effect in start INT (symbol determination effect-> OP effect)". In Examples 9 and 10 (FIGS. 24B and 24C), a part of the symbol determination effect was inserted as an effect in the start INT, but in the case of Example 11 (FIG. 24D), the effect flow is "design". Start after "confirmation" From the point where all of the "design determination effect" is inserted as an additional effect period in the INT, that is, from the point where the symbol determination effect of FIG. 24A starts (to be exact, the promotion effect of FIG. 24A is It differs from FIG. 24A in that the symbol is confirmed at the start and the start INT is started (after the symbol is confirmed). In other words, in the case of this example 11 (FIG. 24D), as the first stage, the "design determination effect" of the additional effect period is inserted as the first stage, and the jackpot notification effect is executed as the second stage. There are two stages: the OP production period continues. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3).

Further, in the case of this example 11 (FIG. 24D), the time scale of the symbol determination effect (time 0s to 90s of the start INT) is longer in the front side on the time axis than that of this example 9 (FIG. 24B). During the period of the design determination effect, the liquid crystal effects include "cut-in" (start INT time 6s to 15s), "button effect" (start INT time 15s to 27s), and "movable body appearance effect" (start INT time). Times 27s-42s), "Rainbow Flash" (start INT time 42s-60s), "Winning production" (start INT time 69s-78s) and "Probability change GET" (start INT time 78s-90s) appear To do. Then, in response to the movable body appearance effect, rainbow flash, and winning effect, "first movable body + second movable body appearance", "first movable body + second movable body stop", and "first movable body + first movable body + first" 2 Movable body returns ”is performed.

In Example 11 (FIG. 24D), the time length of the start INT is longer on the time axis forward by the amount of the symbol determination effect (time 0s to 90s) than in the case of FIG. 24A (Comparative Example 3). There is. That is, there are more wasted hits than in Comparative Example 3 by the amount of the "second half of the symbol determination effect" (time 0s to 63s) of the start INT. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 3 (FIG. 24A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. The liquid crystal effect, movable body effect, decorative pattern, mini-design, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during the "second half of the pattern determination effect" (time 0s to 90s) are shown in the figure. It's a street.

It can be seen that in Comparative Example 3 and Examples 9 to 11, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value is "Comparative Example 3 <Example 9 <Example 10 <Example 11". That is, Comparative Example 3 of FIG. 24A has the lowest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 11 has the highest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test. Further, in each of the examples, during the additional production period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time scale of the start INT is extended or feeling uncomfortable in the game. Also, in each example, the "right-handed suggestion display" is started at a predetermined timing during the OP production period, but before the start of the first round game (if it is a small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the start to end of the additional effect period).

<Example 4: FIGS. 25A to 25D>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 25A to 25D, a case where the “time saving jackpot” is won in the probable change state will be described as Example 4.

In the third embodiment (9 to 11 of this example), the case where the probability change jackpot is won in the "probability change state" has been described. On the other hand, in Example 4 (FIGS. 25A to 25D), the case where the time-saving jackpot is won is dealt with as the type of jackpot. Of FIGS. 25A to 25D, the first 25A is an example for comparison (comparative example 4), and the remaining 25B to 25D are specific examples 12 to 14 of the second embodiment (hereinafter, this example 12). , This example 13 ... Abbreviated as in this example 14). In the fourth embodiment, it is assumed that, for example, a 5R time saving A big hit (time saving number 100 times) or a 5R time saving B big hit (time saving number 50 times) is won under the probability variation state.

(1) Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A)
When the time saving jackpot is won in the probabilistic state, the production flow proceeds as follows in Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A).

(A) Elapsed time 0s to 24s: Pre-winning stage (reach fluctuation stage)
With reference to FIG. 25A, the effect flow during the period from 0s to 24s of the elapsed time of Comparative Example 4 is the same effect flow as that of Comparative Example 3 shown in FIG. 24A, and is “high-speed fluctuation → reach variation”. Therefore, the liquid crystal effect, the movable body effect, the decorative symbol, the mini symbol, the special symbol segment, the right-handed display, and the right-handed notification lamp during the period of “high-speed fluctuation → reach fluctuation” are the same as those in Comparative Example 3 shown in FIG. 24A.

(B) Elapsed time 24s to 36s: Winning production stage The production flow shifts from the reach fluctuation to the "winning production" (time 24s to 36s). This winning effect is also the same as in Comparative Example 3 shown in FIG. 24A. However, since this Example 4 deals only with the case of winning a short-time jackpot, there is a tendency for a notice with a relatively low expectation of winning a probability variation jackpot to appear for the "first cut-in notice". Will be.

(C) Elapsed time 36s to 78s: Design determination effect stage The effect flow shifts from the winning effect to the "design determination effect" (time 36s to 78s), which is a kind of promotion effect. If you stop with an even number of symbols, you will get a "time saving jackpot", and if you stop with an odd number of symbols, you will get a "probability variation jackpot". The symbol is confirmed by the "even number symbol" of the time saving jackpot. During this "design determination effect", the liquid crystal effect is the second "cut-in notice" (time 36s to 51s) → "button effect" (time 51s to 63s) → "sorry effect" (time 63s to 78s). It develops into.

In the example of FIG. 25A, it is assumed that the winner is not the probability variation jackpot but the time saving jackpot, so unlike the "probability variation GET" in the example of FIG. 24A, the production flow is "sorry production" (time 63s to 75s). It has become. Here, as the winning display of the decorative symbol, the even-numbered symbol “666” is temporarily stopped and displayed on the liquid crystal screen.

(D) Elapsed time 78s to 102s: Time saving number determination effect The production flow shifts from the symbol determination production to the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 78s to 102s), which is a kind of promotion production, and then "designs". Proceed to "confirmation" (time 102s to 108s).

The "time reduction number determination effect" means that the jackpot won this time on the LCD screen is, for example, "time reduction 5R time reduction A jackpot (time reduction number 100 times)", which has a relatively large number of time reductions, or the time reduction number of times. This is a player-participation-type production that informs whether or not there is a relatively small number of "time reduction 5R time reduction B big hits (time reduction number of times 50 times)". In the time reduction number determination effect, first, the reception of the operation of the effect button 13 is treated effectively for a predetermined time, and the "button effect" that prompts the button operation appears (time 78s to 87s). When the player operates the effect button 13 within the valid reception period, or when the valid reception period has elapsed, a "number of times lottery effect" (time 87s to 96s) that notifies which time reduction number is used is currently displayed. Then, the "number of times fixed notification effect" appears (time 96s to 102s). In the number-of-times lottery effect, for example, a roulette board image is displayed, and a roulette game effect of 100 times when the ball enters the red pocket and 50 times when the ball enters the black pocket appears. In the number-of-times confirmation notification effect, the number of time reductions such as "100 times of time reduction! Congratulations" (when the red pocket is included) and "Sorry ... 50 times of time reduction" (when the black pocket is included) are confirmed and notified. Although the decorative symbols are hidden during the time reduction number determination effect, a temporary stop display (such as a shaking fluctuation display) may be performed with an even number of symbols aligned. The "mini symbol" on the liquid crystal screen is in a high-speed fluctuating state, and the special symbol (special symbol segment) of the special symbol display device is also in a fluctuating state. Further, the right-handed display on the liquid crystal screen is a right-handed suggestion display, and the right-handed notification lamp is lit. That is, the right-handed launch direction is instructing right-handed.

(E) Elapsed time 102s to 108s: Symbol confirmation stage After that, the effect flow proceeds to "design confirmation" (time 102s to 108s), and the special symbol (special symbol segment) by the special symbol display device is stopped and displayed according to the jackpot type. A mode, for example, "4" is stopped and "winning display" is performed. Further, as the decorative symbol, three decorative symbols are confirmed and displayed, for example, in the display mode of "666" of an even number symbol (chance symbol). In addition, as a liquid crystal effect, a hit confirmation screen is displayed on the liquid crystal screen, and a mini symbol is also displayed as a winner. As a result, the symbol variation display game this time is completed, and the game result is confirmed.

(F) Big hit game After the symbol is confirmed, the big hit game is executed. The content of the jackpot game in Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A) is the same as that in Comparative Example 1 (FIG. 22A).

(2) Example 12 (FIG. 25B)
Example 12 (FIG. 25B) is a specific example of the present invention in the case where the time saving jackpot is won in the probable change state. The same applies to Examples 13 and 14 (FIGS. 25C to 25D) described later.

The production flow of Example 12 (FIG. 25B) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach fluctuation-> winning effect-> symbol determination effect-> symbol confirmation-> effect in start INT (time reduction number determination effect-> OP effect)."

Further, the effect flow of this example 12 (FIG. 25B) is the same as that of FIG. 25A (comparative example 4) from reach variation → winning effect → symbol determination effect, but within the start INT after “design confirmation”. It differs from FIG. 25A in that a "time reduction number determination effect" is inserted as an additional effect period. That is, in the start INT of this example 12, the "time reduction number determination effect" of the additional effect period is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 21s during the start INT), and then the "right-handed" as the second stage. It has a two-stage production configuration in which the OP production (time 24s to 39s during the start INT) in which the jackpot notification effect including the voice message "Please do" is executed continues. The time point at which the start INT ends is the same as in FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4).

As a result, in this example 12 (FIG. 25B), the time length of the start INT is the same as that of the “time reduction number determination effect” (time 0s to 24s during the start INT), as compared with the case of FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4). Is also longer on the front side on the time axis. That is, the number of wasted hits is increased as compared with Comparative Example 4 by the amount of the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 0s to 24s) of the start INT, and the ball ejection speed is lowered. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. The liquid crystal effect, movable body effect, decorative pattern, mini pattern, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. performed during the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 0s to 24s) are as shown in the figure. Is.

(3) Example 13 (Fig. 25C)
Example 13 (FIG. 25C) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where the time saving jackpot is won in the probable change state.

The production flow of Example 13 (Fig. 25C) is as follows: "High-speed fluctuation-> Reach fluctuation-> Winning production->" First half of design determination production "-> Design confirmation-> Production in start INT (Second half of design determination production-> Time reduction number of times determination production-> OP production ) ”.

Compared with this example 12 (FIG. 25B), the effect flow of this example 13 (FIG. 25C) is the same from the reach variation to the symbol determination effect, but the symbol determination effect is divided into the first half and the second half, and "design confirmation". It differs from FIG. 25A in that the "second half of the design determination effect" comes in the later start INT. That is, in the start INT of Example 13, the second half of the symbol determination effect is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) in the additional effect period, and then the second stage (time during the start INT) is inserted. The "time reduction number determination effect" is inserted as 15s to 39s), and then the OP effect (time 39s to 57s during the start INT) in which the jackpot notification effect is executed continues as the third stage. ing. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4).

As a result, in Example 13 (FIG. 25C), the time length of the start INT is the "second half of the symbol determination effect" (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) and the "time reduction number determination effect" (15s during the time start INT). ~ 39s), which is longer in the front side on the time axis than in the case of FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4). That is, the number of wasted hits is larger than that of Comparative Example 4 by the amount of the "second half of the symbol determination effect" (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) and the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 15s to 39s) of the start INT. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 4 (FIG. 25A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. It should be noted that the liquid crystal effect, the movable body effect, the decorative pattern, which are performed during the "second half of the design determination effect" (time 0s to 15s during the start INT) and the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 15s to 39s during the start INT). The mini design, special figure segment, right-handed display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. are as shown in the figure.

(4) Example 14 (Fig. 25D)
The 14th example (FIG. 25D) is another specific example of the present invention in the case where the time saving jackpot is won in the probable change state.

The effect flow of Example 14 (FIG. 25D) is "high-speed fluctuation-> reach variation-> winning effect-> symbol confirmation-> effect in start INT (design determination effect-> time saving number determination effect-> OP effect). In the above-mentioned example 13 (FIG. 25C), a part of the symbol determination effect is inserted as an effect in the start INT, but in the case of this example 14 (FIG. 25D), as an effect flow, after "design is confirmed". In the start INT, the entire "design determination effect" is inserted as one of the additional effect periods, that is, from the point where the symbol determination effect of FIG. 25A starts (to be exact, the promotion effect of FIG. 24A). It differs from FIG. 25A in that the symbol is confirmed when the symbol is confirmed and the start INT is started (after the symbol is confirmed). In other words, in the case of this example 14 (FIG. 25D), the "design determination effect" is inserted as the first stage (time 0s to 42s during the start INT) in the additional effect period, and the effect in the start INT is the first. The "time reduction number determination effect" is inserted as two stages (time 42s to 66s during the start INT), and then in the third stage, the OP effect period (time 66s during the start INT) in which the jackpot notification effect is executed is executed. ~ 84s) continues, and it has a three-stage production structure. The end point of the start INT is the same as in FIG. 25A (Comparative Example 4). Further, in this example 14 (FIG. 25D), the time scale of the symbol determination effect (time 0s to 39s during the start INT) in the start INT is the latter half of the symbol determination effect (during the start INT) of this example 13 (FIG. 25C). It is longer in the front side on the time axis than the time 0s to 15s).

In Example 14 (FIG. 25D), the time length of the start INT is as much as the presence of the “design determination effect” (time 0s to 39s) and the “time reduction number determination effect” (time 42s to 66s), as shown in FIG. 25A (FIG. 25A). It is longer in the front side on the time axis than in the case of Comparative Example 4). That is, the number of wasted hits is larger than that of Comparative Example 4 by the amount of the "design determination effect" (time 0s to 39s) and the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 42s to 66s) of the start INT. Therefore, as compared with Comparative Example 2 (FIG. 23A), the compatibility rate of the gaming machine in the type test is increased. It should be noted that the liquid crystal effect, the movable body effect, the decorative pattern, the mini pattern, the special symbol segment, and the right-handed stroke, which are performed during the "design determination effect" (time 0s to 39s) and the "time reduction number determination effect" (time 42s to 66s). The display, right-handed notification lamp, etc. are as shown in the figure.

It can be seen that in Comparative Example 4 and Examples 12 to 14, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value depends on the length of the additional effect period. Therefore, the relationship between the high and low rates of decrease in the base value is "Comparative Example 4 <Example 12 <Example 13 <Example 14". That is, Comparative Example 4 of FIG. 24A has the lowest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test, and Example 14 has the highest conformity rate of the gaming machine in the type test. Further, in each of the examples, during the additional production period, the game can be continued without being aware that the time scale of the start INT is extended or feeling uncomfortable in the game. Also, in each example, the "right-handed suggestion display" is started at a predetermined timing during the OP production period, but before the start of the first round game (if it is a small hit, before the big winning opening is opened). If so, the right-handed suggestion display may be started at a predetermined timing during the start INT (for example, a specific timing during the start to end of the additional effect period).

The preferred embodiments of the embodiments described above can be summarized as the following configurations A to D (following (chi) to (re)). The corresponding elements in the embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

(I) Configuration A according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
(H) A first lottery means (mainly) for executing a lottery for jackpots belonging to the first jackpot type based on the establishment of the first start condition (when a prize is awarded to the upper start opening 34). The jackpot lottery means on the special figure 1 side of the control unit 20) and
A second lottery means (main control unit 20) that executes a lottery for jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type based on the establishment of the second start condition (when a prize is awarded to the lower start opening 35). (Big hit lottery means on the special figure 2 side) and
When a big hit is won by the first lottery means or the second lottery means, the big hit game control means (main control unit 20) for executing and controlling the big hit game in which the round game for opening the big winning opening is repeated up to the maximum number of rounds. Hit game control means) and
A plurality of effect means capable of performing the effect (for example, a liquid crystal display device 36, a speaker 46, a decorative lamp 45, a movable body accessory (for example, a flower-shaped accessory 90, a clock-shaped accessory 80, or an anti-player stimulus source)). Objects (wind pressure device, vibration device, pressurizing device),
The effect control means (effect control unit 24) for executing and controlling the effect by the effect means is provided.
A gaming machine A capable of executing a privileged gaming state (a gaming state accompanied by an electric support state: a probabilistic change state or a time saving state) in which the second starting condition is more likely to be satisfied than the first starting condition.
At least the jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type (for example, the jackpot type on the special figure 2 side, which is the jackpot for consecutive villas) include a plurality of types of jackpots having different profits given to the player.
The jackpot game is
The start interval period (start INT) before the first round game is executed, and
The inter-round interval period (inter-R INT) after each round game is completed,
It is configured to include the end interval period (end INT) after the end of the inter-round interval period related to the final round game.
Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type,
Each start interval period and end the interval period of the first jackpot gaming according to the preferred degree is relatively high height advantage of _jackpot, and _{A time (seconds), B time} (in seconds),
Each start interval period, and ends the interval period of the second jackpot gaming according to the preferred degree is relatively low low Advantageously degree jackpot, a _{time (in} seconds), when the b _{time (in} seconds), the following equation (1) Is stipulated to meet
a _time <A _time , and b _time <B _time ... Relational expression (1)
_{The ratio (A time} / _time ) of the start interval period related to the first big hit game to the start interval period related to the second big hit game is defined as the extension rate α, and the first big hit with respect to the end interval period related to the second big hit game. When the ratio of the end interval period related to the game (B _time / b _time ) is set to the extension rate β,
The first effect mode (modest effect) is executed during the interval period when the extension rate value is relatively small, and what is the first effect mode during the interval period when the extension rate value is relatively large? Configured to perform a different second production mode (flashy production),
A gaming machine that features that.
In addition, the "advantage degree" related to this (h) may be the profit degree given only during the big hit game, that is, the profit degree considering only the number of prize balls, or due to the big hit winning. The degree of profit to be given, that is, the degree of profit considering the total degree of profit including the profit from the state transition and the profit given during the jackpot game may be used. This "profit from the state transition" is a profit when various matters related to the game state to be transferred after the big hit game are taken into consideration. Specifically, the presence / absence of the state with electric support (high base state) and the number of time reductions. , Presence or absence of high probability state, number of STs, etc. The same applies to other configurations described later.

(II) Configuration B according to the first embodiment of the present invention
(I) Also, regarding the total interval time (total INT time), which is the sum of the time widths of each interval period including at least the start interval period, the inter-round interval period, and the end interval period.
Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type, the total interval time for the high-advantage jackpot with a relatively high degree of advantage is defined as _Time (seconds).
Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the first jackpot type, when the total interval time related to the jackpot having the longest total interval time is B _time (seconds), the following relational expression (1) is satisfied. A featured gaming machine.
B _time <A _time ... relational expression (1)

(N) Further, when the total interval time related to the low-advantage jackpot having a relatively low advantage among the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type is Ctime (seconds), the following relational expression is used. The gaming machine according to (i) above, which is characterized by satisfying (2).
C _time <A _time ... relational expression (2)

(L) The gaming machine according to (N) above, which satisfies the following relational expression (3).
C _time <B _time <A _time ... relational expression (3)

(W) When the ratio of Atime to Btime is the extension rate α and the ratio of Atime to Ctime is the extension rate β, the above (nu) or (le) is characterized by satisfying the following relational expression (4). Described gaming machine.
Extension rate α <extension rate β ・ ・ ・ relational expression (4)

(III) Configuration C according to the first embodiment of the present invention
(W) In the above-mentioned gaming machine A, the jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type is
The first jackpot that triggers the execution of the first jackpot game in which the maximum number of rounds determines the first maximum number of rounds, and the second maximum number of rounds is relatively larger than the first maximum number of rounds. The second jackpot that triggers the execution of the second jackpot game that determines the number of rounds is included.
The jackpot game is
The start interval period before the first round game is executed, and
The interval period between rounds after each round game is over, and
It is configured to include the end interval period after the end of the inter-round interval period related to the final round game.
The total interval time, which is the sum of the time widths of each interval period of the first jackpot game, is _Time (seconds), (for example, the 5R jackpot side).
The total interval time, which is the sum of the time widths of each interval period of the second jackpot game, is B _time (seconds), (for example, the 10R jackpot side).
The first maximum number of rounds is A _maxround (for example, the maximum round is 5R),
The second maximum number of rounds is B _maxround (for example, the maximum round is 10R),
When the total interval time X (A _time / A _maxround ) per round in the first jackpot game and the total interval time Y (B _time / B _maxround ) per round in the second jackpot game are used. A gaming machine characterized by satisfying the following relational expression (1).
X <Y ・ ・ ・ Relational expression (1)

(IV) Configuration D according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
(F) A winning lottery means (a big hit lottery means of the main control unit 20) for executing a lottery for a plurality of types of hits based on the establishment of a predetermined starting condition, and
A symbol display means (special symbol display devices 38a, 38b) capable of performing a variable display operation of a symbol and displaying a lottery result by the lottery means according to a stop display mode of the symbol.
A variation pattern determining means (variation pattern determining means of the main control unit 20) for selecting one from a plurality of types of variation patterns including a reach variation pattern for designating a reach effect based on the lottery result by the lottery means.
Based on the fluctuation pattern determined by the fluctuation pattern determining means, the symbol display control means (the symbol display control means of the main control unit 20) that controls the fluctuation display operation of the symbol in the symbol display means,
A hit game control means (a hit game control means of the main control unit 20) that executes and controls a hit game by controlling the opening and closing of the large winning opening in a predetermined operation pattern based on the type of win won by the winning lottery means. ,
The production means to execute the production and
An effect control means (effect control unit 24) for executing and controlling the effect based on the effect content related to the fluctuation pattern is provided.
A gaming machine configured to be able to execute the hit game after a specific symbol display mode is stopped and displayed on the symbol display means.
The winning game executes a big winning opening opening / closing period (first round game period) in which the opening / closing control of the big winning opening is controlled in a predetermined operation pattern after the start interval period (start INT according to the big hit type) has elapsed. Is configured as
The effect period related to the start interval period includes a first effect period (additional effect period) after the specific symbol display mode is stopped and displayed, and a second effect period after the first effect period has elapsed. (OP production period) is included at least (for example, specific examples (this example) 1 to 14 shown in FIGS. 22 to 25).
The effect control means
During the first effect period, the notification effect regarding the start of the big winning opening opening / closing period is not executed (for example, between times 0s and 24s (or between times 0s and 30s) during the jackpot start INT in FIG. 22B), and the first effect. 2 The notification effect is started when the time 24s (or time 30s may be used) during the big hit start INT in FIG. 22B arrives to execute the notification effect when the production period arrives. ),
A gaming machine characterized by that.
The "notification effect" related to this (f) is an effect of notifying in advance of the arrival of the opening / closing period of the big winning opening, for example, a right-handed instruction message by voice saying "Please hit right" (FIG. 22). -See Examples 1 to 14 shown in FIG. 25).

(Y) The effect content related to the reach variation pattern includes a specific reach effect content that executes a specific effect (for example, promotion effect of FIG. 22B) after executing a specific reach effect (for example, SPSP reach of FIG. 22B). Included,
The effect control means
When executing an effect based on the specific reach effect content, the specific reach effect is executed during the variable display period of the symbol, and the specific effect is executed during the first effect period.
The gaming machine according to (f) above.

(T) The effect content related to the fluctuation pattern includes the specific effect content including the execution of the specific effect.
The effect control means
When executing an effect based on the specific effect content, the specific effect is configured to be executed from at least the variation display period of the symbol to the first effect period.
The gaming machine according to (f) above.
Examples of the "specific effect" related to this (ta) include "promotion effect" shown in FIGS. 22B and 23B, and "SPSP reach second half + promotion effect" shown in FIGS. 22C to 22E and 23C to 23E. "Part of the symbol determination effect (second half)" shown in FIG. 24B, "Part of the symbol determination effect (middle to the second half)" shown in FIG. 24C, "Design determination effect (whole)" shown in FIG. 24D, FIG. The "time reduction number determination effect" shown in 25B, the "part (second half) + time reduction number determination effect" shown in FIG. 25C, the "design determination effect (whole) + time reduction number determination effect" shown in FIG. 25, etc. is there.

(B) The plurality of types of hits include a first hit and a second hit in which the degree of advantage given to the player is relatively higher than that of the first hit.
The effect control means
When the hit drawn by the hit lottery means is the second hit, as a result of the effect of the specific reach effect, a pre-promotion effect suggesting that the first hit has been won is performed during the variable display period of the symbol. Run and
As the specific effect, a promotion effect for confirming that the second hit has been won can be executed during the first effect period.
The gaming machine according to (f) above.
The “pre-promotion effect” according to (re) is, for example, a predetermined effect (effect related to SPSP reach, SP reach, reach variation, high-speed variation, etc.) before the promotion effect is executed. Further, the "promotion effect" according to this (re) is, for example, the promotion effect shown in FIG. 22B or the like.

It may be a configuration in which one or a plurality of all the embodiments described above (including all of the configurations and modifications described in each embodiment) are combined (for example, it has at least two configurations of the above configurations A to D). Various configurations described in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, such as embodiments, can be appropriately combined), and the contents described in each embodiment are not limited to the individual embodiments. The configuration of one or a plurality of combinations according to each embodiment can solve the problems of the present invention and exert the effects of the present invention, and all of them can be included in the technical idea of the present invention.

Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, a pachinko gaming machine using a gaming ball as a gaming medium has been described, but the pachinko gaming machine is not particularly limited as long as it can achieve the object of the present invention. For example, a gaming machine that uses a gaming medal as a gaming medium, a gaming machine that uses a gaming medium that uses electromagnetic recording (a gaming machine such as a so-called "enclosed gaming machine (managed gaming machine)"), or a pachinko machine. It may be a pachinko / pachislot machine.

The present invention is useful for gaming machines.

1 Pachinko machine,
2 Front frame (door),
3, 3a game board, game area,
19 Game ball payout device,
20 Main control unit (main control board),
24 Production control unit (Production control board, LCD control board)
28 Launch control board,
29 Payout control board,
34, 34a Upper start port, upper start port sensor 35, 35a Lower start port, lower start port sensor,
37, 37a Normal symbol start port, normal symbol start port sensor,
38a, 38b special symbol display device,
39a Ordinary symbol display device,
50, 52a Large winning opening, large winning opening sensor 41, 41c Ordinary variable winning device, ordinary electric accessory solenoid,
52, 52c Special variable winning device, large winning opening solenoid,
36, 45, 46 Liquid crystal display, decorative lamps, speakers,
49 out mouth,
94 setting key switch,
95 setting change switch,
96 Setting change completion switch,
97 Setting indicator,
98 RAM clear switch,
201, 202, 203 Main control CPU, main control ROM, main control RAM,
241 242, 243 effect control CPU, effect control ROM, effect control RAM

Claims (1)

Based on the establishment of the first start condition, the first lottery means for executing a lottery for a plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the first jackpot type, and
Based on the establishment of the second start condition, a second lottery means for executing a lottery for a plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type, and a second lottery means.
When a big hit is won by the first lottery means or the second lottery means, the big hit game control means for executing and controlling the big hit game in which the round game for opening the big winning opening is repeated up to the maximum number of rounds.
With multiple production means that can perform production,
The effect control means for executing and controlling the effect by the effect means is provided.
A gaming machine capable of executing a privileged gaming state in which the second starting condition is more likely to be satisfied than in a normal gaming state.
The jackpot belonging to the second jackpot type includes a plurality of types of jackpots having different degrees of advantage of profits given to the player.
The jackpot game is
The start interval period set before the first round game is executed, and
The inter-round interval period provided between the round games and the inter-round interval period
Consists of including the end interval period after the end of the final round game,
For the total interval time, which is the sum of the time widths of each interval period
Of the plurality of types of jackpots belonging to the second jackpot type, the total interval time for the high-advantage jackpot with a relatively high degree of advantage is defined as _Time (seconds).
Among a plurality of types of jackpot belonging to the first jackpot type, if the total interval time has the total interval time according to the particular jackpot which is the longest and the B _{time (in} seconds), Shi satisfy the following relational expression (1) ,
B _time <A _time ... relational expression (1)
and,
The start interval period and end interval period related to the high-advantage jackpot are A _OPtime (seconds), _BEDtime (seconds), and BEDtime (seconds), respectively.
The start interval period and end interval period related to the specific jackpot are a _OPtime (seconds), b _EDtime (seconds), and b EDtime (seconds), respectively.
The _{value obtained by dividing the A OPtime} by the a OPtime is α, and
A gaming machine characterized in that the following relational expression (2) is satisfied when the value _obtained by dividing the B _{ED time} by the b ED time is β.
α> β ・ ・ ・ Relational expression (2)

Images